INFORMATION ANALYSIS INC
10KSB/A, 1997-07-03
PREPACKAGED SOFTWARE
Previous: INFORMATION ANALYSIS INC, 10SB12G, 1997-07-03
Next: HEALTH & RETIREMENT PROPERTIES TRUST, 305B2, 1997-07-03





                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                             ---------------------

                               AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
                                  FORM 10-KSB
                              --------------------
                 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended                                          Commission
   December 31, 1996                                            File No. 33-9390
   -----------------                                            ----------------

                       INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED
                       ---------------------------------
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

         Virginia                                                     54-1167364
         --------                                                     ----------
(State or other jurisdiction of                                    (IRS Employer
incorporation or organization)                               Identification No.)

11240 Waples Mill Road, Suite 400
Fairfax, Virginia                                                          22030
- -----------------                                                          -----
(Address of principal executive offices)                              (Zip Code)

(Registrant's telephone number,
including area code)                                              (703) 383-3000
                                                                  --------------

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                      NONE
                                      ----

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                                      NONE
                                      ----

         Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
Registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.

                          Yes   [x]                 No
                              -------                  -------

         The issuer's revenue for its most recent fiscal year was $11,218,845.

         The  aggregate  market value of the  Registrant's  Common Stock held by
nonaffiliates as of December 31, 1996 was approximately $16,567,539.

         As of December  31, 1996 the  Registrant  had 509,999  shares of Common
Stock outstanding.


<PAGE>


Item 1.  Business


General
- -------

         Since its  incorporation  in 1979,  Information  Analysis  Incorporated
("IAI" or the  "Company") has been engaged in various facets of the computer and
information  field.  IAI has continually  adapted the nature of its services and
the types of its  products  it markets to the  changing  information  technology
needs of its client and prospective  client base.  Today,  IAI's  activities are
primarily related to software  conversions,  information systems  reengineering,
systems integration,  application development,  hardware and software consulting
services,  software sales and support services.  Software sales are limited to a
few types of products which IAI believes it can successfully sell based upon its
familiarity  with a particular  market niche and potential  purchasers for those
products.

         Over the last several  years,  in order to broaden its revenue base and
secure  projects  with more long  range  potential,  the  Company  has sought to
acquire  rights to  software  products  or tools which can either be licensed to
others or which can provide  substantial  value-added  benefits to IAI's  client
base in connection with IAI's professional  services. One such product which the
Company has recently  acquired is Computer Aided Software  Translator,  commonly
referred  to as CAST.  The  rights to CAST  were  acquired  from its  developer,
Kenneth Parsons.  The  consideration for the purchase was payment to Mr. Parsons
of up to $100,000 for application  against certain liabilities he possessed plus
a royalty  equal to 10% of all license  revenues the Company  thereafter  earned
from  CAST  up to a  maximum  royalty  payment  to Mr.  Parsons  of  $1,000,000.
Incidental  to the  acquisition,  Mr.  Parsons also  obtained  employment by the
Company and received 675,000 stock options which were to vest through January 1,
1999.

         CAST was  initially  developed  to serve  as a  software  reengineering
computer language  translator which allows its users to migrate from older types
of computer languages to more modern day languages. Because of the reengineering
functionality  inherent in CAST,  this software  program is also able to remedy,
primarily  on an automated  basis,  the Year 2000  problem  which many  computer
systems now confront.  This problem  encompasses  a deficiency  inherent in many
existing software  applications whereby a two-digit date representation has been
used to depict the year with the  century  component  fixed as "19".  This means
that many computer systems will not recognize or be able to process transactions
in which  reference  to years  after  1999 is  required.  The end result of this
limitation is that any application software which must identify,  manipulate, or
calculate  date-related  values  outside of the 1900-1999  date range will fail.
This  failure can play havoc with the most basic of  programs  such as post 1999
payrolls,  invoicing, and insurance benefit claims. Because of the potential for
failure,  numerous companies are, or will be, assessing the nature and extent of
their Year 2000 problem.  Likewise,  companies,  such as IAI, are  attempting to
access the Year 2000 marketplace through remedial products and services.

         Because of the  prospects  associated  with CAST,  in 1996 the  Company
commenced its transition from primarily a professional  services  orientation to
that of a product provider for the Year 2000 remediation  market.  This required
and is requiring a

                                                                               2

<PAGE>


significant  investment  in marketing  and technical  resources  during the year
which will continue  through 1997. The anticipated  returns from this investment
will not be  realized  until  companies  commence  their  Year 2000  remediation
efforts  assuming CAST becomes a tool which is used within the Year 2000  arena.
Even if CAST is used as a  Year 2000  tool,  the  Company  does  not  anticipate
earning any revenues from CAST until the fourth quarter of 1997. Notwithstanding
this  transition, the Company has continued to maintain its traditional business
base  as  a  professional  services  provider.   The  Company  anticipates  that
information  technology  services of the nature it has provided in the past will
remain as part of the Company's  business but if its objectives related  to CAST
are  achieved,  the  professional  services  component  of its  business  should
diminish  as an  overall percentage  of its  revenues.  This base business helps
support  and  cover  the  Company's  general  and  administrative  expenses  and
provides a level of security should the Company's prospects related to  CAST not
materialize.

CAST

          CAST  is a  core  tool  which  was  primarily  designed  for  software
reengineering.  Remediation  of the Year  2000  problem  in and of  itself  is a
software  reengineering effort. The capacities of CAST are ideal for application
in the Year 2000  remediation  arena.  CAST enables a computer user to determine
the technical  complexity of computer code,  such as that in which the Year 2000
problem is engrained,  and then provides an automated and consistent  tool which
can reengineer the software so as to eliminate the two digit reference to years.

         The design and structure of CAST has evolved over 15 years based upon a
rigorous understanding of multiple languages,  databases,  platforms,  operating
environments and unique system  characteristics.  CAST's genesis was to serve as
an automated  software  migration tool to enable  software users to migrate from
one computer  language to another.  This application is best suited for software
reengineering  efforts  primarily  associated  with  downsizing  from  mainframe
computers to file servers. For this reason, IAI anticipates that CAST will serve
as a revenue  producing  vehicle for IAI even after most  systems have met their
Year 2000 challenge.

         CAST itself is roughly  500,000  lines of  modularized  code which uses
highly  sophisticated  algorithms  to translate  the source  environment  into a
Meta-code which, if required, can be translated into a target environment.  This
process involves a large, rigorous set of logic and decision rules which analyze
and account for each  individual  data element and logic structure in a dynamic,
virtual,  logical  construct  before  translation  begins.  The  constraints and
migration  rules  which  guide  the  conversion   process  are  established  and
controlled  by a series of tables  which  define the  relationships  between the
variables, environments and the logical constructs in the starting versus target
environments.  The  design  and use of these  tables  can also allow the user to
modify the target environment functionality in the translation.

         Another  benefit of CAST is that it also creates  system  documentation
and an audit trail of the conversion process. This can be generated in a variety
of formats  based on user  preference.  The  functionality  of CAST results in a
significant reduction of the time required for system testing and re-integration
and mitigates operational and liability risks associated with manual approaches.

                                                                               3


<PAGE>

         Overall, CAST provides its users with the following capabilities:

       o  To  translate  from one  operating  system to another,  such as from a
          closed mainframe to an open UNIX environment
       o  To  translate  from a  programming  language  that no  longer  meets a
          company's  needs to a more modern  language  or  newer  version  of  a
          current language
       o  To  alter a database  management system to a more versatile and useful
          system  without  losing  any  of  the  valuable  data  stored  in  the
          database system
       o  To  alter  a  teleprocessing  monitor  environment  to a  newer,  more
          supportable  environment
       o  To  perform  any  combination of the above options while providing the
          information manager  with the flexibility  to leverage  and manage the
          risk profile present within all conversion environments

         As for the  application  of  CAST  within  the  Year  2000  remediation
environment,  companies  can  undertake a varied  approach  towards  remediation
coupled with migration.  In this regard,  Year 2000 remediation can occur absent
further  reengineering.  Alternatively,  a two step strategy of remediating Year
2000  impacts can occur  followed by a later full  translation  of the Year 2000
compliant  software  applications  to a new  language,  database  or platform of
choice.  Lastly,  remediation  of  Year  2000  can  occur  while  simultaneously
translating software into a new language, database or platform.

         IAI is developing a multiple  pronged  strategy for marketing  CAST. As
part of this  strategy,  the  Company  anticipates  licensing  CAST to  software
sellers which are in the process of developing  Year 2000  remediation  packages
for use by their client bases.  The Company  believes that many of these sellers
will also use CAST as a service  provider  in a  maintenance  capacity  to their
clients.  The Company is also pursuing solution providers which will be offering
Year 2000 remediation  services to their client bases both within and outside of
Year 2000 "factories"  which the Company believes will be established to address
Year 2000  efforts  from a single  site with  multiple  employees  dedicated  to
assessing and  remediating  non-Year 2000  compliant  code.  It is the Company's
objective  to receive  fees from these  licenses  tied to the number of lines of
code which are  evaluated.  This part of the  Company's  strategy will allow the
Company  to  piggyback  on the  sales  forces of the  companies  to whom Cast is
licensed.

         The Company will also seek  strategic  relationships  to undertake Year
2000 services in conjunction with others. The Company  anticipates  serving in a
subcontractor  capacity to companies  undertaking  modernization and remediation
efforts to large  system  users such as federal  agencies.  The Company may from
time to time  seek its own  direct  engagements  with  end-users,  as well.  The
Company  believes such  engagements  will constitute a primary source of revenue
after Year 2000 remediation  efforts are resolved as many companies direct their
attention  to  downsizing  and  language  modernization,  areas  where CAST also
possesses functionality.

         For  the  benefit  of all  CAST  users,  the  Company  is  planning  on
developing a seven day, 24 hour per day, help desk.  Therefore,  irrespective of
the manner in which CAST is  channeled  into the  marketplace,  the Company will
maintain  primary  responsibility  for  supporting  the product.  Under  certain
circumstances,  this product

                                                                               4

<PAGE>


support may also develop into an additional source of CAST derived revenue.

         The Company believes that substantial competition will arise within the
Year 2000 marketplace.  It is the Company's aim to distinguish  itself from most
of the competition in two principal  respects.  First, many Year 2000 solutions,
once the  non-compliant  code is  identified,  will require  manual  remediation
undertaken  in  a  work  bench  environment.  CAST,  on  the  other  hand,  will
substantially  automate the remediation  process.  Second,  CAST, because it has
been developed to translate multiples languages, can be used as a more extensive
remediation tool for a number of different platforms and database  environments.
Many  other  tools will be  narrowly  focused,  such as IBM COBOL,  and will not
provide any reengineering capabilities outside this focus.

Computer Related Services
- -------------------------

         In 1996,  the Company  continued to provide a broad range of consulting
services  to  its  clients.  These  services  included  transition  engineering,
feasibility and requirements  analysis,  systems  planning  analysis and design,
data base design and management,  software development,  and project management.
Primarily  as a result of  consulting  services  provided  to its  clients,  the
Company has developed  expertise for  particular  applications  in areas such as
financial information,  systems for the U.S. Customs Service, personnel systems,
and state-of-the-art  applications utilizing artificial  intelligence and expert
systems. The Company continues to maintain,  through its personnel,  proficiency
in a multiple number of computer languages,  hardware and software products, and
software applications in both the local area network and mainframe environments.

         In 1996,  the  Company's  revenue  from its computer  related  services
business   declined  by  $2,839,315.   Approximately  90%  of  this  decline  is
attributable to the loss of the Company's  prime contract with the U.S.  Customs
Services ("USCS").  Notwithstanding the loss of this prime contract, the Company
continues to provide services to the USCS in its capacity as a subcontractor but
at substantially  reduced  engagement  levels from those which existed while the
Company  possessed a prime  contract with the USCS. The Company is attempting to
generate  additional   engagements  to  replace  what  it  anticipates  will  be
approximately  a $5,000,000  reduction in revenue  earned in 1997 through  USCS.
Nonetheless,  because  members  of  senior  management  have  been  and  will be
primarily  devoting  their  efforts to CAST,  the Company is  uncertain,  and no
assurances  can be given,  to what  extent the  Company  will be  successful  in
securing  additional  sources of  computer  related  services  business so as to
compensate for the loss of revenue formerly generated through the Company's USCS
contract.

         Traditionally,  IAI's clients have spanned a wide range of  enterprises
in the private sector along with government agencies.  This was also the case in
1996 as IAI  provided  services to companies  such as The Arbitron  Corporation,
Lockheed Martin, Commonwealth Aluminum, Computer Sciences Corporation,  and Mass
Mutual. In 1996,  governmental clients included the U.S. Army Personnel Command,
General  Services  Administration,   U.S.  Air  Force,  USCS,  Veterans  Benefit
Administration,  Department of Energy, and the U.S. Navy. In 1996, IAI's largest
client remained the USCS.  Although the Company's  contract with USCS expired on
April 30, 1996, the Company continued to provide services throughout the year to
USCS in the capacity as

                                                                               5

<PAGE>


a subcontractor.  The total revenue derived in 1996 directly and indirectly from
and through USCS constituted 57.9% of the Company's revenues.

         In  1996,  approximately  91% of the  Company's  revenues  was  derived
through  government  contracts either in IAI's capacity as a prime contractor or
subcontractor.  After  expiration  of the contact with USCS,  all of the revenue
from  government   contracts  was  obtained  in  the  Company's  capacity  as  a
subcontractor to other government contractors.

Software Sales
- --------------

         In 1996, IAI continued to maintain  marketing rights to the proprietary
software product,  Jetform. Jetform is an electronic forms solution which allows
users  to  electronically   create  and  complete  any  form  on  multi-platform
environments.  IAI serves as a reseller of Jetform,  specifically in the Federal
government  market where  buyers can  purchase  the product  through the General
Services Administration schedule.

         Total Jetform  related revenue in 1996 was $415,504.  This  represented
both sales of the product and  accompanying  services such as training and forms
development.  The  Company  sold  additional  Jetform  product to over one dozen
Federal agencies.

Employees
- ---------

         As of  December  31,  1996,  the  Company  employed  74  full-time  and
part-time   individuals.   In  addition,   the  Company  maintained  independent
contractor   relationships   with  seven  individuals  for  computer   services.
Approximately  90% of the Company's  professional  employees  have at least four
years of related experience. For computer related services, the Company believes
that the diverse professional  opportunities and interaction among its employees
contribute to maintaining a stable professional staff with limited turnover.

Marketing
- ---------

         For its  information  technology  services other than CAST, the Company
relies upon a marketing staff of one full time marketing executive combined with
program  managers  and other senior  management  to market its  services.  These
individuals  principally  concentrate on the marketing of professional  services
and software products. In addition to these individuals, the Company's technical
staff is  encouraged to assist in marketing  the  Company's  systems  design and
programming services.

Backlog
- -------

         As  of  December  31,  1996,  the  Company  estimated  its  backlog  at
approximately   $7,019,881.   Of  the  entire  backlog,   the  Company  projects
approximately  95% will be completed by December 31, 1997. This backlog consists
of  outstanding  contracts and general  commitments  from current  clients.  The
Company  regularly  provides  services to certain  clients on an as-needed basis
without  regard to a specific  contract.  General  commitments  represent  those
services  which the  Company  anticipates  providing  to such  clients  during a
twelve-month period.

                                                                               6

<PAGE>


Competition
- -----------

         The  computer  services  industry  is highly  competitive.  Many of the
Company's  competitors are larger and have greater financial  resources than the
Company.  Smaller  firms  also  present  significant  competition.  The  Company
competes  for  government  and  commercial  contracts,  either  directly or as a
subcontractor,  on the basis of competitive  procurements.  The Company believes
that its  long-term  success  depends  upon its  ability to  consistently  offer
quality  services at  competitive  prices.  This approach is designed to satisfy
current client requirements and to attract new business opportunities.

Principal Clients
- -----------------

         In 1996 the USCS, under its contract with IAI and under subcontracts to
IAI, remained the principal client of the Company.  In this regard,  the revenue
from  USCS  accounted  for  57.9%  of IAI  revenue.  The USCS  contract  expired
September 30, 1995,  but was extended  through April 30, 1996.  IAI continues to
provide  services to USCS as a subcontractor to several prime  contractors.  IAI
anticipates  this revenue will continue  indefinitely  as the USCS  continues to
encourage its current  prime  contractors  to avail  themselves of the Company's
services.  The only other  significant  client for IAI was the U.S. Army through
IAI's subcontract with PRC Inc. which accounted for 12.9% of revenue.

Item 2.  Property

         Through the end of 1996,  the  Company's  offices  were located at 2222
Gallows  Road,  Dunn  Loring,  Virginia.  In March 1997,  the Company  moved its
offices to 11240 Waples Mill Road,  Suite 400,  Fairfax,  VA. 22030.  At its new
offices,  IAI holds a lease for  18,280  square  feet.  This  lease  expires  on
February 28, 2004.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

         The  Company  is  currently  engaged  in  three  litigation  cases of a
material nature. One case was filed in the fourth quarter of 1995 by the Company
through its subsidiary,  Allied Health and Informations Systems, Inc. ("AHISI"),
in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware  against Prison
Health Services,  Inc. ("PHS").  In this case, the Company is seeking payment of
accounts  receivable of approximately  $185,000 and other damages emanating from
the  subcontract  PHS granted to the  Company's  subsidiary  to provide  certain
healthcare   services  in  Maryland   prisons.   PHS  has   counterclaimed   for
reimbursement of  overpayments.  The Company is currently of the opinion that it
will prevail in this  litigation and that the amount due the Company far exceeds
any overpayments, if any, made to PHS.

         In the fourth  quarter,  1994,  a medical  malpractice  claim was filed
against  AHISI and others  resulting  from the  failure to  properly  diagnose a
bulging disk that eventually  left the plaintiff a  quadriplegic.  This case was
initially filed as a health claims arbitration case under Maryland's malpractice
law and was recently  transferred  to the Circuit  Court of  Washington  County,
Maryland.  Although the Company is of the opinion that the plaintiff may be in a
position to recover substantial  damages, the extent of AHISI's liability should
be covered by malpractice insurance.

                                                                               7

<PAGE>


         In April, 1995, a case was filed against AHISI and others in the United
States  District  Court of  Maryland  in which a woman  is  seeking  unspecified
damages  emanating  from alleged  sexually  harassing  conduct of a former AHISI
employee.  The  claimant  was not an AHISI  employee but was employed by another
contractor at the Maryland  correctional  institution  at which AHISI was also a
contractor.  Claims in this lawsuit against AHISI arising under federal law have
been  dismissed.  Common law claims and claims under Maryland law remain.  Based
upon the law and the facts  surrounding  this case, the Company does not believe
it will have any liability of a material nature to the claimant.

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

         In the fourth quarter of 1996,  the Company  had its  annual meeting of
shareholders at which Sandor Rosenberg, George T. DeBakey, James C. Wester, John
D. Sanders and Bonnie K. Wachtel were elected as directors.

                                    PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholders' Matters

         The Company's  Common Stock is traded in the  over-the-counter  market.
The range of bid price quotations for the last two years on a quarter-by-quarter
basis is as follows:

         ====================================       =======================
                          1995                                 1996
         ====================================       =======================
         Qtr.          1st   2nd   3rd   4th        1st   2nd   3rd    4th
         ------------------------------------       -----------------------
         Low Bid        4     4     4     4          4     4     4      4
         ------------------------------------       -----------------------
         High Bid       4     4     4     4          4     4     4     61
         ====================================       =======================

         The  quotations  on which  these  data are based  reflect  inter-dealer
prices without adjustment for retail markup, markdown or commission, and may not
necessarily represent actual transactions. The above bids have not been adjusted
to reflect a three for one stock split which was declared in January, 1997.

         As of December 31, 1996,  the Company had 575  stockholders  of record.
The Company has never paid a cash dividend on its Common  Stock,  and intends to
follow a policy of  retaining  earnings to finance  future  growth and  possible
acquisitions.  Accordingly,  the Company does not anticipate the payment of cash
dividends to the holders of Common Stock in the foreseeable future.

                                                                               8

<PAGE>


Item 6.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations

Results of Operations 1996 Compared to 1995
- -------------------------------------------

         The Company's overall 1996 revenues  declined by $4,478,051,  or 28.5%,
to  $11,218,845  from  $15,696,896  in 1995.  Of this  decline,  $2,839,315  was
attributed to computer and software related services, principally as a result of
the Company's  loss of its contract  with USCS from which the Company's  revenue
declined by $2,576,685,  and  $1,638,736 was attributed to AHISI.  By the end of
1995, the Company had for the most part phased out AHISI's  business but for one
small contract. In 1996, AHISI only produced $46,143 of revenue.

         In 1996,  the  Company's  gross profit  margin  increased to 20.4% from
18.8% in 1995. This improvement  resulted from the Company's  ability to achieve
better  margins on its  contracts and the  cessation of AHISI's  contracts  from
which lower margins were being  realized.  Selling,  general and  administrative
expenses as a percentage  of revenue,  however,  increased to 22.3% in 1996 from
18.8% in 1995.  The  Company  believes  two factors  account for this  increase.
First,  the Company began to incur  significant  expenses from its  CAST-related
activities  as it  transitioned  to a product  dominated  company.  Second,  the
Company incurred higher than usual legal fees from its  unsuccessful  protest of
the award to another bidder of the USCS contract the Company  maintained through
April 30, 1996.

         As a result of the  above  factors,  after  considering  the  effect of
interest and taxes, in 1996 the Company sustained a loss of $159,674.  This loss
was $85,041 higher than 1995's loss of $74,633.  Solely from operations  without
giving any effect to  interest  and taxes,  IAI's loss in 1996 was  $213,368,  a
reversal of $215,947 from 1995's $2,579 gain from operations.

         In 1997 and  thereafter,  the Company  does not  foresee  any  material
changes in its revenue generation capacity from its non-CAST activities. Because
a majority  of the  Company's  marketing  efforts  will be devoted to CAST,  the
Company  believes  that its  traditional  revenue  sources will remain static at
best. The Company remains optimistic,  however, that the prospects are favorable
for a material increase in revenue primarily  attributed to CAST licenses.  Even
so,  no  assurances  can  be  provided  that  the  objectives  the  Company  has
established for CAST will be realized.  The Company recognizes that CAST is only
one of several competing  products that have been, or will be, introduced to the
marketplace  as a  Year  2000  remediation  tool.  Moreover,  to  the  Company's
knowledge,  no product,  including  CAST, has been fully tested as a remediation
tool.  It will not be until the Year 2000 market  begins to mature that IAI will
be in a position to better  assess its  prospects.  Against  this  backdrop,  it
should be noted that nothing has yet come to the  Company's  attention  that has
suggested to the Company that CAST will not be successfully deployed.

         The  revenue  potential  from  CAST  also  depends  upon  the  computer
languages,  platforms  and  databases  which CAST is  successfully  developed to
address.  Through the end of 1996,  most  development  efforts were  directed to
languages,  platforms and databases  upon which  Computer  Associates'  software
operates.  Discussions of a strategic nature between IAI and Computer Associates
prompted these efforts towards Computer Associates marketplace. Throughout 1997,
IAI anticipates  expanding CAST's  functionality

                                                                               9

<PAGE>


so that CAST can be utilized in  remediation  efforts on  multiple platforms and
for various languages.

         IAI is not in a position to project with any  reasonable  certainty the
actual  amount of revenue  that CAST can  generate.  Estimates  abound as to the
scope of the Year 2000  market  and the lines of  software  code  which  must be
analyzed. Notwithstanding this uncertainty, IAI must gear its operations towards
a projected  successful launch of CAST especially  because of the time sensitive
window  in which  Year 2000  remediation  efforts  must  occur.  Therefore,  IAI
anticipates increased levels of CAST related expenditures following 1996.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
- -------------------------------

         In 1996, as in 1995, the Company  financed its operations  from current
collections  and through  advances under its line of credit with its bank. As of
December 31, 1996 the  Company's  outstanding  balance on its line of credit was
$0, a $550,000  decrease over the prior year.  Cash and cash  equivalents at the
end of 1996 had  increased  by  $266,870 in  comparison  to the end of the prior
year.  The Company's line of credit was renewed on June 25, 1996 but the Company
reduced the amount available thereunder from $2,000,000 to $1,500,000. This line
of credit expires June 19, 1997 at which time it is subject to renewal.

         In 1996,  the Company  realized  that its  internally  generated  funds
coupled  with its line of credit  would not provide it with  sufficient  working
capital to fund its CAST-related activities.  Therefore, by the end of 1996, the
Company  began to consider  various  alternatives  to raise  additional  capital
including a private  placement or venture  capital with the aim of  completing a
financing round in the first quarter of 1997.

Item 7.  Financial Statements

         The following Financial Statements are filed as part of this report:


                                                                         Page(s)
                                                                         -------
      (i)    Report of Independent Certified Public                         19
                     Accountants

      (ii)   Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1996           20-21

      (iii)  Consolidated Statements of Operations                          22
                     for the Years Ended
                     December 31, 1996 and 1995

      (iv)  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity      23
                     for the Years Ended
                     December 31, 1996 and 1995

      (v)  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years              24
                     Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995

      (vi)  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                    25-37

                                                                              10

<PAGE>


Item 8.  Disagreements of Accounting and Financial Disclosure

         None.

                                    PART III

Item 9.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

         The executive officers and directors of the Company are:

             Name                      Position with the Company
             ----                      -------------------------

             Sandor Rosenberg          Chairman of the Board, President
                                       and Secretary
             Richard S. DeRose         Executive Vice President and Treasurer
             George T. DeBakey         Director
             John D. Sanders           Director
             James D. Wester           Director
             Bonnie K. Wachtel         Director


         Directors  serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until
successors have been elected and qualified.  Officers serve at the discretion of
the Board of Directors.

         Sandor Rosenberg, 50,  has been President  and  Chairman  of the  Board
since 1979.  Mr. Rosenberg  holds a  B.S. degree in  Aerospace  Engineering from
Rensselear Polytechnic Institute, and has done  graduate  studies in  Operations
Research at George Washington University.

         Richard S. DeRose, 58, has been Executive  Vice  President  since 1991.
From 1979 to 1991 he served as the President and CEO for  DHD, Inc.  Mr.  DeRose
holds a  B.S. degree in Science from the  U.S. Naval Academy  and an M.S. degree
in Computer  Systems  Management  from the  U.S.  Naval  Post  Graduate  School,
Monterey.   Mr. DeRose has been involved  in computer  services sales,  finance,
and operations for the past 20 years.

         George T. DeBakey, 47, has been a director since 1989.  Since 1989, Mr.
DeBakey has been an  international  business  and  education  consultant.  Also,
starting in 1992,  Mr. DeBakey became Director of the International and Business
Trade  Program  at  American  University.  From  1987 to 1989,  Mr. DeBakey  was
Executive Director of the  Information  Technology  Association  of America.  In
addition, he served as  Deputy Assistant Secretary at the Department of Commerce
from  1985 to 1987  responsible  for the  high technology  industries  for trade
policy and trade promotion.  He has a  B.S. from Drake University,  his Master's
of International  Management  from  American  Graduate  School of  International
Management, and his M.B.A. from Southern Methodist University.

         John D. Sanders, 58, has been a Director since 1983.  From 1986 to 1996
Mr. Sanders served as  Chairman  and  CEO of  TechNews, Inc.,  publisher  of the
Washington Technology newspaper.  Mr. Sanders obtained a  B.E.E. degree from the
University of Louisville and  M.S. and  Ph.D. degrees in  Electrical Engineering
from Carnegie-Mellon University.  He is a member  of the board of  directors of:
Daedalus Enterprises, Inc., an

                                                                              11

<PAGE>


electronics   equipment   manufacturer;   Industrial  Training  Corporation,   a
manufacturer of video-based  training programs;  and  Tork, Inc.,  an electrical
equipment manufacturer.

         James D. Wester, 58, has been a Director  since 1985.  He  has  been  a
computer services marketing consultant  for more than  15 years.  Since 1984, he
has been president of Results, Inc.  Mr. Wester  obtained a  B.M.E. degree  from
Auburn University and an M.B.A. from George Washington University.

         Bonnie K. Wachtel, 41, has been a Director since 1992.  Since 1984, she
has  served  as  vice president  and  general  counsel  of  Wachtel & Co., Inc.,
investment  bankers  in  Washington, D.C.  Ms. Wachtel  holds  B.A.  and  M.B.A.
degrees from the University of  Chicago  and  a  J.D.  from  the  University  of
Virginia.  She is a director of Integral Systems, Inc.,  a provider of  computer
systems  and  software   for  the  satellite  communications  market;   and  VSE
Corporation provider of technical services to the federal government.

         There are no family  relationships  between any  directors or executive
officers of IAI.

Item 10. Executive Compensation

         The  following  table  sets forth the  compensation  paid over the last
three  fiscal  years  to  the  Company's  chief  executive   officer  and  other
individuals serving as executive officers as of December 31, 1996:

                                                                              12

<PAGE>


                           Summary Compensation Table
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------ --------- ----------------------------- ----------------- ------------------------------
       Name and                                                                              Number of
       Principal                                                                           Stock Options
       Position            Year               Salary                  Bonus                   Granted
- ------------------------ --------- ----------------------------- ----------------- ------------------------------
<S> <C>
Sandor Rosenberg           1996              $100,000              $15,000                       -
President                  1995              $100,007              $25,900                       -
                           1994              $ 99,910              $30,000                       -
- ------------------------ --------- ----------------------------- ----------------- ------------------------------
Richard DeRose             1996              $110,730              $27,500                    10,000
Exec Vice President        1995              $109,730              $30,900                       -
and Treasurer              1994              $ 99,622              $30,000                       -
- ------------------------ --------- ----------------------------- ----------------- ------------------------------
</TABLE>

         No executive  officer has received any  perquisite  and other  personal
benefits,  securities  or property  which exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of
the total annual salary and bonus reported for such executive officer.

         The  following  table  sets  forth  all  option  grants  in 1996 to all
executive officers:

                        Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------- -------------- ------------------------------------ ------------------- ----------------------------
                                 % Of Total Options Granted
Name              Granted        To Employees In Fiscal Year          Exercise Price      Expiration Date
- ----------------- -------------- ------------------------------------ ------------------- ----------------------------
<S> <C>
Richard S.        10,000                        4.6%                        $4.00         June 17, 2006
DeRose
- ----------------- -------------- ------------------------------------ ------------------- ----------------------------
</TABLE>

         The following table sets forth information  concurring each exercise of
stock options during 1996 by all executive officers:


                Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year
                            and FY End Option Values
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------ ------------------------ ------------------- ------------------------------- ----------------------
                                                                                                       Value of
                                                                                                    Unexercised In-
                                                                     Number of Securities             The Money
                     Shares Acquired on       Value Realized        Underlying Unexercised        Options At FY End
      Name                Exercise                                  Options At FY End (#)                 ($)
- ------------------ ------------------------ ------------------- ------------------------------- ----------------------
<S> <C>
Richard DeRose              1500                 $78,075                    23,500                   $1,331,000
- ------------------ ------------------------ ------------------- ------------------------------- ----------------------
</TABLE>

         In 1996, the Company  compensated each of its outside  directors at the
rate of $500 per quarter or $2,000 per year. No director  received any grants of
options or other securities in their capacity as a director.

                                                                              13

<PAGE>


Item 11. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

         Set forth below is information  concerning  beneficial ownership by any
person  known to the  Company  to be the owner of more than five  percent of the
Company's  Common Stock,  by each  directors  and  executive  officer and by all
directors and executive officers as a group:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name and                           Amount and Nature of
Address of Beneficial              Beneficial Owner (2)            Percentage Class
- ---------------------              --------------------            ----------------
<S> <C>
Sandor Rosenberg (1)               215,500                         42.3%
   Chairman and President

Richard S. DeRose (1)              23,600(3)                       4.4%
   Executive Vice President

James D. Wester, Director (1)      43,500(4)                       7.9%

John D. Sanders, Director          8,100                           1.6%
4600 N. 26th Street
Arlington, VA  22207

Bonnie K. Watchel                  13,200                          2.6%
1101 14th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C.  20001

George T. DeBakey                  1,000(5)                        *
5303 Marlyn Drive
Bethesda, MD  20832

All directors and executive        304,900                         52.9%
officers as a group

* Less than one percent

(1) Unless  otherwise  noted,  all addresses are c/o the Company at 11240 Waples
Mill Road, Fairfax, VA 22030.
(2) All shares are held outright by the individual listed below.
(3) Includes  23,500  options,  3,500  of  which  are  exercisable at  $5.00 per
share and expire on June 23,2002,  10,000 of  which  are  exercisable  at  $4.50
per   share   and  expire   on  January  4,  2003  and   10,000   of  which  are
exercisable at $4.00 per share and expire on June 17, 2006. All expiration dates
are subject to continuation of Mr. DeRose's  employment.
(4) Includes a warrant exercisable  for 12,000  shares at  $5.00 per share which
expires on February 24, 2003 and  30,000  stock  options  exercisable  at  $4.00
per share which expire on June 19, 2006.
(5) Represents a warrant  exercisable for 1,000 shares at a price of  $7.50  per
share which expires on June 30, 1999.

Item 12. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

         In 1996, the Company  repurchased from Sandor Rosenberg,  its president
and a director, 13,000 shares of its Common Stock at an aggregate purchase price
of $53,250.  In 1995,  17,200 shares were  repurchased  from Mr. Rosenberg at an
aggregate purchase price of $72,663.
         In  September  1996,  in order to provide the Company  with  additional
working  capital  for  development  of the  CAST  product,  James C.  Wester,  a
director, agreed to advance up to

                                                                              14

<PAGE>


$300,000 to the Company. In exchange for these advances,  the Company  agreed to
pay Mr. Wester 20% of all CAST license revenues the Company receives  up to 150%
of the advances Mr. Wester has extended.

         In order to compensate  Mr. Wester for various  consulting  services he
has rendered to the Company for which he has not received any cash remuneration,
in June 1996,  the Company  granted  Mr.  Wester  30,000 ten year stock  options
exercisable at $4.00 per share,  the then current value of the Company's  Common
Stock.

In November 1996, the Company agreed to reduce the exercise price from $5.50 per
share to $4.75 per share  under  10,000  warrants  of which John D.  Sanders,  a
director,  was the holder of 3,000 and Bonnie K.  Wachtel,  a director,  was the
holder  of  2,500.  These  10,000  warrants  were  issued  in  1986  as  partial
compensation for  underwriting and other investment  banking services which were
provided  by Wachtel & Co.,  Inc.  The  reduction  was in  consideration  of the
holders of the  warrants  agreeing to forgo  registration  rights for the shares
obtained upon exercise of the warrants for a period of one year from exercise.

Item 13.  Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

See,  exhibit  index which index is  incorporated  herein by  reference.

(a) No reports were filed on Form 8-K during the last quarter of this report.

                                                                              15

<PAGE>



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d), of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the  registrant  has duly  caused  this Report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                               INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED


                                         By:   _________________________________
                                               Sandor Rosenberg, President
                                                        June 30, 1997

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, this report has been
signed below by the  following  persons on behalf of the  registrant  and in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

    Signature                      Title                           Date

_________________             Chairman of the Board           June ____, 1997
Sandor Rosenberg              and President

_________________             Director                        June ____, 1997
Brendan Dawson

_________________             Director                        June ____, 1997
Charles May

_________________             Director                        June ____, 1997
John D. Sanders

_________________             Director                        June ____, 1997
Bonnie K. Wachtel

_________________             Director                        June ____, 1997
James D. Wester

_________________             Treasurer                       June ____, 1997
Richard S. DeRose

                                                                              16

<PAGE>


                        INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED

                              -------------------

                        CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                       AND
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
                           DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
                   (WITH INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT THEREON)


                                       17

<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


Description                                                           Pages
- -----------                                                           -----

Independent Auditors' Report                                           19
Consolidated Balance Sheet                                            20-21
Consolidated Statements of Operations                                  22
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholder's Equity             23
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows                                  24
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                            25-37



                                       18

<PAGE>

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


To the Board of Directors
Information Analysis Incorporated

         We  have  audited  the  accompanying   consolidated  balance  sheet  of
Information Analysis  Incorporated and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996, and
the related  consolidated  statements of  operations,  changes in  stockholders'
equity and cash flows for each of the two years then ended.  These  consolidated
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial
statements based on our audits.

         We conducted our audits in accordance with generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures  used and significant  estimates made by management,
as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.  We believe
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
Information Analysis  Incorporated and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996, and
the consolidated  results of operations and cash flows for each of the two years
then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



March 7, 1997

Bethesda, Maryland                     Rubino & McGeehin, Chartered

                                       19

<PAGE>

               INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                                December 31, 1996

                                     ASSETS

Current assets
     Cash and cash equivalents ...............................        $  323,886
     Accounts receivable .....................................         1,355,284
     Employee advances .......................................            34,323
     Income taxes receivable .................................           201,554
     Deferred income taxes ...................................            98,662
     Prepaid expenses ........................................           104,554
     Other receivables .......................................           192,686
                                                                      ----------

         Total current assets ................................         2,310,949

Fixed assets
     At cost, net of accumulated depreciation
     and amortization of $1,205,486 ..........................           241,311

Equipment under capital leases
     Net of accumulated amortization of $56,053 ..............            49,768

Capitalized software .........................................           186,964
Investments ..................................................            10,000
Goodwill .....................................................            70,554
Other receivables ............................................           226,694
Other assets .................................................            24,980
                                                                      ----------

Total assets .................................................        $3,121,220
                                                                      ==========




               The accompanying notes are an integral part of the
                       consolidated financial statements


                                       20



<PAGE>

               INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                                December 31, 1996

                       LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities
     Accounts payable ......................................        $   413,942
     Accrued payroll .......................................            262,754
     Other accrued liabilities .............................             58,896
     Current portion of long-term debt .....................            120,300
     Current maturities of capital
         lease obligations .................................             18,229
     Deferred rent .........................................                852
                                                                    -----------

         Total current liabilities .........................            874,973

Long-term debt .............................................             90,380
Capital lease obligations,  net of
     current portion .......................................             41,334
Deferred income taxes ......................................             27,020
                                                                    -----------

         Total liabilities .................................          1,033,707
                                                                    -----------

Common stock, par value $0.01
     1,000,000 shares authorized; 677,178
     shares issued .........................................              6,772
Paid in capital in excess of par value .....................          1,139,240
Retained earnings ..........................................          1,795,814
Less treasury stock; 167,179 shares at cost ................           (854,313)
                                                                    -----------

         Total stockholders' equity ........................          2,087,513
                                                                    -----------

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .................        $ 3,121,220
                                                                    ===========



               The accompanying notes are an integral part of the
                       consolidated financial statements


                                       21

<PAGE>

               INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                                               For the Years Ended December 31,
                                               --------------------------------

                                                     1996            1995
                                                 ------------    ------------
Sales
     Professional fees .......................   $ 10,803,341    $ 15,436,643
     Software sales ..........................        415,504         260,253
                                                 ------------    ------------
          Total sales ........................     11,218,845      15,696,896
                                                 ------------    ------------

Cost of sales
     Cost of professional fees ...............      8,675,377      12,511,118
     Cost of software sales ..................        260,245         224,477
                                                 ------------    ------------
          Total cost of sales ................      8,935,622      12,735,595
                                                 ------------    ------------

Gross profit .................................      2,283,223       2,961,301

Selling, general and administrative expenses .      2,496,591       2,958,722
                                                 ------------    ------------

(Loss) income from operations ................       (213,368)          2,579

Other income and (expenses)
     Interest income .........................         12,716           7,554
     Interest expense ........................        (35,644)       (110,748)
                                                 ------------    ------------

Loss before provision for income taxes .......       (236,296)       (100,615)

Benefit for income taxes .....................        (76,622)        (25,982)
                                                 ------------    ------------

Net loss .....................................   $   (159,674)   $    (74,633)
                                                 ============    ============





Loss per common and common
     equivalent share ........................   $      (0.26)   $      (0.15)

Weighted average common and common
     equivalent shares outstanding ...........        624,139         478,561



               The accompanying notes are an integral part of the
                       consolidated financial statements

                                       22

<PAGE>

               INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                 For the Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995



</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Shares of
                                                Common                   Additional
                                                 Stock        Common       Paid in     Retained     Treasury
                                              Outstanding     Stock        Capital     Earnings      Stock         Total
                                                --------    ---------    ----------   ----------   ---------    ----------
<S> <C>
Balances, December 31, 1994 .................    621,178    $   6,212    $  771,923   $2,030,121   $(720,150)   $2,088,106
     Exercise of stock options ..............         54                        296                                    296
     Purchase of treasury stock .............                                                        (80,913)      (80,913)
     Net loss ...............................                                            (74,633)                  (74,633)
                                                --------    ---------    ----------   ----------   ---------    ----------

Balances, December 31, 1995 .................    621,232        6,212       772,219    1,955,488    (801,063)    1,932,856
     Exercise of stock options and warrants .     49,696          497       209,580                                210,077
     Tax benefit of stock option compensation                               132,504                                132,504
     Stock issued for ISSC acquisition ......      6,250           63        24,937                                 25,000
     Purchase of treasury stock .............                                                        (53,250)      (53,250)
     Net loss ...............................                                           (159,674)                 (159,674)
                                                --------    ---------    ----------   ----------   ---------    ----------

Balances, December 31, 1996 .................    677,178    $   6,772    $1,139,240   $1,795,814   $(854,313)   $2,087,513
                                                ========    =========    ==========   ==========   =========    ==========
</TABLE>



               The accompanying notes are an integral part of the
                       consolidated financial statements

                                       23


<PAGE>

               INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     For the Years Ended December 31,
                                                                     --------------------------------
                                                                          1996            1995
                                                                      ------------    ------------
<S> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
      Cash received from customers ................................   $ 13,389,621    $ 16,345,476
      Cash paid to suppliers and employees ........................    (12,336,956)    (15,279,871)
      Interest received ...........................................         12,716           7,554
      Interest paid ...............................................        (35,644)       (110,748)
      Income taxes received (paid) (net) ..........................             --          57,293
                                                                      ------------    ------------
         Net cash  provided by operating expenses .................      1,029,737       1,019,704
                                                                      ------------    ------------

Cash flows from investing activities
      Purchase of ISSC, net of cash received ......................        (47,422)             --
      Acquisition of furniture and equipment ......................        (91,471)        (79,983)
      Proceeds from sale of equipment .............................             --          25,687
      Increase in capitalized software ............................       (186,964)             --
                                                                      ------------    ------------
         Net cash used in investing activities ....................       (325,857)        (54,296)
                                                                      ------------    ------------

Cash flows from financing activities
      Net payments under bank revolving line of credit ............       (550,000)       (842,000)
      Reduction of debt related to acquisition of ISSC ............        (26,276)             --
      Principal payments on debt and capital leases ...............        (17,561)        (20,986)
      Repurchase of common stock ..................................        (53,250)        (80,913)
      Proceeds from exercise of incentive stock options ...........        210,077             296
                                                                      ------------    ------------
         Net cash used by financing activities ....................       (437,010)       (943,603)
                                                                      ------------    ------------

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents .........................        266,870          21,805

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period ..............         57,016          35,211

                                                                      ------------    ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period ....................   $    323,886    $     57,016
                                                                      ------------    ------------


Reconciliation of net loss to cash provided by operating activities


Net loss ..........................................................   $   (159,674)   $    (74,633)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided
 by operating activities
      Depreciation and amortization ...............................        192,035         173,530
      Tax benefit of stock option compensation ....................        132,504              --
      Gain/loss on sale of fixed assets and investments ...........           (231)         (1,113)
      Changes in operating assets and liabilities
          Accounts receivable .....................................      2,170,776         648,580
          Other receivables and prepaid expenses ..................       (180,483)        (40,275)
          Accounts payable and accrued expenses ...................       (939,352)        292,528
          Deferred rent ...........................................        (10,224)        (10,224)
          Income tax receivable/liability .........................       (175,614)         31,311

                                                                      ------------    ------------
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities ..................   $  1,029,737    $  1,019,704
                                                                      ============    ============
</TABLE>


               The accompanying notes are an integral part of the
                       consolidated financial statements


                                       24


<PAGE>

               INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Operations

 Information  Analysis  Incorporated  (the Company) was  incorporated  under the
corporate  laws of the  Commonwealth  of  Virginia in 1979 to develop and market
computer  applications  software  systems,  programming  services,  and  related
software products and automation systems.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated  financial  statements  include the accounts of the Company and
its wholly owned subsidiaries, Allied Health & Information Systems, Inc. (AHISI)
and International  Software System Corporation (ISSC).  Upon consolidation,  all
material intercompany accounts,  transactions and profits are eliminated.  AHISI
commenced  operations in 1991;  ISSC was acquired in 1996.  Goodwill,  resulting
from the Company's acquisition of ISSC is being amortized over a two-year period
which is the expected term of ISSC's contracts.

Investments  in  companies  less  than  20%  owned  are  reported  at cost  less
allowances for permanent  decline in value.  Income is recognized when dividends
are declared. No dividends were declared in 1996 or 1995.

Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect certain  reported amounts and  disclosures.  Accordingly,  actual results
could differ from these estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from cost-plus-fixed-fee  contracts is recognized on the basis of direct
costs plus indirect  costs  incurred and an allocable  portion of the fixed fee.
Revenue from fixed-price contracts is recognized on the percentage-of-completion
method,  measured by the cost-to-cost  method for each contract,  with costs and
estimated profits recorded as work is performed.  Revenue from time and material
contracts is recognized  based on fixed hourly rates for direct hours  expended.
The fixed  hourly rate  includes  direct  labor,  indirect  expenses and profit.
Material and other specified direct costs are recorded at actual cost.

Contract  costs include all direct  material and labor costs and those  indirect
costs  related to  contract  performance.  Provisions  for  estimated  losses on
uncompleted  contracts  are made in the period in which  losses are  determined.
Changes  in  job  performance,  job  conditions,  and  estimated  profitability,
including  final  contract  settlements,  may result in  revisions  to costs and
income and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined.

                                       25

<PAGE>


               INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the  statement of cash flows,  the Company  considers all highly
liquid investments with maturities of sixty days or less at the time of purchase
to be cash  equivalents.  Deposits are maintained with a federally insured bank.
Balances at times exceed insured  limits,  but management does not consider this
to be a significant concentration of credit risk.

Fixed Assets

Fixed  assets are  stated at cost and are  depreciated  using the  straight-line
method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are
amortized over the term of the lease or the estimated  life of the  improvement,
whichever is shorter. Maintenance and minor repairs are charged to operations as
incurred. Gains and losses on dispositions are recorded in current operations.

Software Development Costs

The Company  has  capitalized  costs  related to the  development  of a software
product, Computer Aided Software Translator (CAST). In accordance with Statement
of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 86,  capitalization of costs begins when
technological  feasibility  has been  established  and ends when the  product is
available for general  release to customers.  Amortization  will be computed and
recognized  for the product when  available  for market  based on the  product's
estimated  total  sales or economic  life.  Capitalized  costs and  amortization
periods are  management's  estimates and may have to be modified due to inherent
technological changes in software development.

Deferred Rent

Rental expense on operating leases is charged to operations over the life of the
lease using the straight-line  method.  Differences  between the amounts charged
and the amounts paid are recorded as deferred rent.

Earnings Per Share

Earnings per common  equivalent share is based on the weighted average number of
common shares and common share  equivalents  outstanding  during the year.  When
dilutive,  stock  options are included as share  equivalents  using the modified
treasury stock method.  Under that method,  earnings per share data are computed
as if the options and warrants were exercised at the beginning of the period (or
at the time of  issuance,  if later) and as if the funds  obtained  thereby were
used to purchase  common stock  during the period.  Fully  diluted  earnings per
share amounts have not been presented because they are not materially dilutive.

                                       26


<PAGE>

               INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Income Taxes

Deferred  income tax assets and  liabilities  are  recognized  for the estimated
future tax effects of the  differences  between the financial  statement and tax
bases of assets and  liabilities  given the  provisions of enacted tax laws. The
provision  for  income  taxes  consists  of the  income tax for the year and the
change in the deferred tax liability or asset.

Fair Market Value of Financial Instruments

The Company's  financial  instruments  include trade  receivables  and payables,
other receivables and notes payable.  Management  believes the carrying value of
financial  instruments  approximates  their fair market value,  unless disclosed
otherwise in the accompanying notes.

Reclassification

Certain accounts in the prior year financial  statements have been  reclassified
for  comparative  purposes to conform with the  presentation in the current year
financial statements.

2.    INDUSTRY SEGMENT AND CREDIT CONCENTRATION

During 1996 and 1995, the Company's operations included two reportable segments:
computer applications and healthcare. The computer applications segment includes
those  operations  involved in  developing  and marketing  computer  application
software  systems  and  providing  programming  services.  The  Company  and its
subsidiary,  ISSC, operate in this segment.  Approximately 92% of this segment's
revenue in 1996,  and 82% in 1995,  came from  contracts and  subcontracts  with
departments  and agencies of the federal  government.  In 1996,  the Company was
informed  that it was  unsuccessful  in obtaining the renewal of a contract with
the United States Customs Service.  Approximately  58% of this segment's revenue
in 1996 and 65% in 1995,  came from the contract with the United States  Customs
Service.

The healthcare segment, operated by AHISI, is involved in providing the services
of certified  physician  assistants,  nurses and medical  doctors to  healthcare
facilities  operated  by third  parties  in  conjunction  with  state  and local
governments,  and  the  federal  government.  The  Company  has  phased  out the
activities of this business  segment and anticipates that no future revenue will
be generated from this business segment after 1996.

                                       27

<PAGE>


               INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


2.    INDUSTRY SEGMENT AND CREDIT CONCENTRATION (CONTINUED)

Summarized  financial  information  by business  segment for 1996 and 1995 is as
follows:

                                                  1996                  1995
                                                  ----                  ----
Net Sales

             Computer Applications           $11,172,702           $14,012,017
             Healthcare                           46,143             1,684,879

Income (loss) from operations (pre-tax)

           Computer Application                  (95,594)              333,198
           Healthcare                           (117,774)             (330,619)

Identifiable assets

            Computer Applications              2,007,393             3,361,013
            Healthcare                           315,868               494,616

Capital Expenditures

            Computer Applications                 91,471                79,354
            Healthcare                                 -                   629

Depreciation and Amortization

            Computer Applications                180,569               155,289
            Healthcare                            11,466                18,241


Operating income by business segment excludes interest income,  interest expense
and  miscellaneous  income and expense items that could not be  identified  with
either segment.  Other than those acquired by AHISI,  all furniture,  equipment,
and  capital  leases  and  their  related   depreciation  and  amortization  are
considered the assets and expenses,  respectively,  of the computer  application
segment.  Capitalized software costs and goodwill and their related amortization
are also considered assets and expenses of the computer  application segment. In
addition,   accounts  receivable  are  considered  identifiable  assets  of  the
respective  segment.  Cash and cash equivalents,  and the remaining other assets
are considered corporate assets. There were no significant intersegment sales or
transfers during 1996 and 1995.

                                       28

<PAGE>


               INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

3.    ACQUISITION

On June 5, 1996, the Company completed an acquisition of the outstanding  common
stock of  International  Software  Services,  Inc. (the predecessor to ISSC) for
$370,289, of which $133,333 was paid (in cash and stock) at closing and $236,956
of which is payable by June 1998 to the former  owner (see Note 6). The business
acquisition  was accounted for as a purchase.  The  operations of ISSC since the
date of acquisition are included in the consolidated  statement of operations of
the Company for the year ended  December 31, 1996.  The cost of the  acquisition
exceeded  the fair value of the net assets  acquired by  $99,605.  The excess is
being  amortized  as goodwill on a  straight-line  basis over a two-year  period
which is the expected term of ISSC's contracts.

The  following   summarized  pro  forma  (unaudited)   information  assumes  the
acquisition had occurred on January 1, 1995.

                                              1996           1995
                                              ----           ----

         Net sales        As reported     $11,218,845    $15,696,896
                          Pro forma       $11,680,000    $16,460,000

         Net Income       As reported     $  (159,674)   $   (74,633)
                          Pro forma       $   (75,000)   $   (73,000)

         Primary loss     As reported     $     (0.26)   $     (0.15)
         per share        Pro forma       $     (0.12)   $     (0.15)


4.    RECEIVABLES

Accounts receivable at December 31, 1996, consist of the following:

             Billed - Federal government               $124,598
                 Billed - prime contractors             848,245
                 Billed - commercial                    236,941
                                                     ----------

                     Total billed                     1,209,784
                                                     ----------
                 Unbilled - Federal government            2,482
                 Unbilled - prime contractors           110,726
                 Unbilled - commercial                   32,292
                                                     ----------

                     Total unbilled                     145,500
                                                     ----------
                  Total accounts receivable          $1,355,284
                                                     ==========

                                       29


<PAGE>

               INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


4.    RECEIVABLES (CONTINUED)

Unbilled  receivables are for services  provided  through the balance sheet date
which are expected to be billed and collected within one year.

Included in other receivables at December 31, 1996, are the following:

        Receivables from former customers net of
        present value discount and allowance for
        uncollectibility totaling $274,880                      $ 258,809

        Receivable from employee, due in monthly
        payments of $386 plus interest at 8.75%.
        Final payment due in 2001.                                 27,885

        Other non-trade receivables expected to be
        collected by December 31, 1997                            132,686
                                                                 --------

        Total                                                     419,380

        Less current portion                                     (192,686)
                                                                 --------
        Non current portion                                     $ 226,694
                                                                 ========

5.    FIXED ASSETS

A summary of fixed assets and  equipment  under  capital  leases at December 31,
1996, is as follows:



        Furniture and equipment              $ 1,474,939
        Leasehold improvements                    40,666
        Motor vehicles                            37,013
                                             -----------
                                               1,552,618
        Accumulated depreciation and
              amortization                    (1,261,539)
                                             -----------
        Total                                $   291,079
                                             ===========

                                       30

<PAGE>


               INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


6.    FINANCING

At December  31,  1996,  the Company had a revolving  line of credit with a bank
providing for demand or short-term  borrowings  of up to  $1,500,000.  This line
expires  on June 19,  1997.  Drawings  against  this line are  based on  varying
percentages  of the  Company's  accounts  receivable  balances  depending on the
source of the  receivables  and their age.  Interest on  outstanding  amounts is
payable monthly at the bank's prime rate (8.75% at December 31, 1996) plus 1/2%.
The lender has a first priority security  interest in the Company's  receivables
and a direct  assignment  of its major U.S.  Government  contracts.  The line of
credit,  among other  covenants,  requires  the  Company to comply with  certain
financial ratios. At December 31, 1996, there was no outstanding  balance on the
line.

Additionally, at December 31, 1996, the Company is liable to the former owner of
ISSC (see Note 3) in the  amount of  $210,680.  This  liability  is  payable  as
follows: 1997 - $120,300; 1998 - $90,380.


7.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Capital Leases

The future  minimum  payments under capital leases for equipment and the present
value of the minimum lease payments are as follows:

       Year ending December 31
       -----------------------
       1997                                                 $ 24,318
       1998                                                   27,367
       1999                                                   15,132
                                                            --------
       Total minimum lease payments                           66,817
       Less amount representing interest                      (7,254)
                                                            --------
       Total obligation representing principal                59,563
       Less current portions of capital lease obligations    (18,229)
                                                            --------
       Long-term portion of capital lease obligations       $ 41,334
                                                            ========

                                       31

<PAGE>


               INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


7.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)

Operating Leases

Rent expense was  $236,466,  and $263,031 for the years ended  December 31, 1996
and 1995, respectively.

The future  minimum  rental  payments to be made under  noncancelable  operating
leases, principally for facilities, are as follows:

        Year ending December 31
        -----------------------
        1997                                 $284,512
        1998                                  295,709
        1999                                  304,580
        2000                                  313,717
        2001                                  323,129
        2002 through 2004                     675,630
                                           ----------

        Total minimum rent payments        $2,197,277
                                           ==========

The  above  minimum  lease  payments  reflect  the base  rent  under  the  lease
agreements.  However,  these base rents shall be  adjusted  each year to reflect
increases in the consumer price index and the Company's  proportionate  share of
real estate tax increases on the leased property. The Company entered into a new
lease in February 1997 with a seven-year  term ending in 2004. The minimum lease
payments are included in the above amounts.

The  leases are  secured by  irrevocable  letters of credit for  $26,982.  As of
December 31, 1996, none of the letters of credit have been used.

Royalties

In August 1996,  the Company  entered into an agreement to purchase the software
product  CAST (see Note 1). As part of the  agreement,  royalties  of 10% of the
CAST  licensing  fees  collected by the Company will be paid to the seller.  The
aggregate  amount of the royalties  pursuant to this  agreement  will not exceed
$1,000,000.

Also in  August  1996,  the  Company  entered  into  an  agreement  whereby,  in
consideration of an expense sharing arrangement,  the Company will pay royalties
of 20% of the CAST licensing fees collected by the Company.
The royalties will not exceed $150,000.

                                       32

<PAGE>


               INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


7.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)

In October 1993, the Company  purchased  ownership  rights to a software product
called  Migrator.  Included in the purchase  price is an obligation  for royalty
payments of 10% on all Migrator  licensing fees  collected  during the four year
period  following  the sale.  As of December 31, 1996, no license fees have been
collected.


Government Contracts

Company sales to  departments  or agencies of the United States  Government  are
subject to audit by the Defense  Contract  Audit Agency  (DCAA).  Audits by DCAA
have not  been  performed  for any  years.  Management  is of the  opinion  that
disallowances,  if any,  by DCAA for  unaudited  years  will not  result  in any
material adjustments to the financial statements.


8.  INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:


                                                              December 31
                                                              -----------
                                                         1996             1995
                                                         ----             ----
Current (benefit) expense

     Federal .................................        $(67,021)        $  9,996
     State ...................................         (14,846)           2,216
                                                       -------          -------
                                                       (81,867)          12,212
                                                       -------          -------

Deferred expense (benefit)

     Federal .................................           4,294          (31,268)
     State ...................................             951           (6,926)
                                                       -------          -------
                                                         5,245          (38,194)
                                                       -------          -------

Benefit for income taxes .....................        $(76,622)        $(25,982)
                                                       =======          =======

                                       33

<PAGE>


               INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


8.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

The items that give rise to the deferred tax expense  (benefit)  shown above are
as follows:

                                                              December 31
                                                              -----------
                                                         1996             1995
                                                         ----             ----

Depreciation ....................................       $ 8,020        $  9,500
Vacation expense ................................        (2,775)         13,106
Bad debt expense ................................            --         (60,800)
                                                        -------        --------

  Tax effects of temporary differences ..........       $ 5,245        $(38,194)
                                                        =======        ========

The tax effect of significant  temporary  differences  representing deferred tax
assets and liabilities at December 31, 1996, are as follows:

Vacation .................................................               $37,862
Bad debt expense .........................................                60,800
                                                                         -------
  Deferred tax asset .....................................               $98,662
                                                                         =======

Depreciation - deferred tax liability ........................           $27,020
                                                                         =======

The  provision  for income  taxes is at an  effective  rate  different  from the
federal statutory rate due principally to the following:


                                                               December 31
                                                               -----------
                                                           1996          1995
                                                           ----          ----

Loss before taxes ..................................    $(236,296)    $(100,615)
                                                          =======       =======
Income taxes (benefit) on above amount
    at federal statutory rate ......................      (80,341)      (34,209)
State income taxes net of federal benefit ..........      (10,870)       (4,648)
Effect of graduated tax brackets, change
    in estimates, and other non deductible
    items ..........................................       14,589        12,875
                                                          -------       -------

Benefit for income taxes ...........................    $ (76,622)    $ (25,982)
                                                          =======       =======
                                       34

<PAGE>


               INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


9.   STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS

The Company has two stock option plans, the second plan becoming  effective June
25,  1996.  The  combined  plans  provide for the  granting of stock  options to
certain employees,  directors and consultants.  The maximum number of shares for
which options may be granted under the plans is 200,000 (increased to 250,000 in
January 1997).  Options expire no later than ten years from the date of grant or
when employment ceases,  whichever comes first, and vest over periods determined
by the board of directors.  The exercise  price of each option equals the quoted
market price of the Company's stock on the date of grant.

The stock option plan is accounted for under  Accounting  Principles Board (APB)
Opinion No. 25.  Accordingly,  no compensation has been recognized for the plan.
Had compensation  cost for the plans been determined based on the estimated fair
value of the options at the grant dates  consistent with the method of Statement
of Financial  Accounting  Standards (SFAS) No. 123, the Company's net income and
earnings per share would have been:

                                             1996                  1995
                                             ----                  ----

Net  loss             As reported        $  (159,674)           $  (74,633)
                      Pro forma          $  (424,000)           Not applicable

Loss per share        As reported        $     (0.26)           $    (0.15)
                      Pro forma          $     (0.68)           Not applicable


The fair value of the options  granted in 1996 is  estimated  on the date of the
grant using the Black-Scholes options - pricing model assuming the following: no
dividend  yield,  risk-free  interest  rate of 6 %,  expected  volatility  of 40
percent, and an expected term of the options of two years.

At December 31, 1996, options to purchase stock under this plan were outstanding
to employees as follows:

             Number of shares             Exercise price per share
             ----------------             ------------------------

                       32                         $ 3.00
                  168,200                           4.00
                   10,200                           4.50
                    4,500                           5.00
                      200                           5.50
                    1,500                          11.75
                   10,000                          14.50


                                       35

<PAGE>



               INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


9.   STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS (CONTINUED)

Of these 194,632 options,  134,632 options are exercisable  immediately,  50,000
options at $4 per share are exercisable over two years, and 10,000 options at $4
per  share  are   exercisable   when  certain   revenue  amounts  are  realized.
Transactions involving the plan were as follows:

                                                   December 31
                                                   -----------
                                            1996                 1995
                                    -------------------   ------------------
                                              Weighted             Weighted
                                                Average              Average
                                     Shares      Price    Shares      Price
                                     ------      -----    ------      -----

  Outstanding, beginning of year     37,828     $ 4.73    43,443     $  4.77
  Granted                           215,500     $ 4.54         -           -
  Exercised                         (39,696)    $ 4.10       (54)    $  5.50
  Canceled                          (19,000)    $ 4.74    (5,561)    $  5.01
                                    -------              -------

  Outstanding, end of year          194,632     $4.65     37,828     $  4.73
                                    =======              =======


The board of directors  has also granted  warrants to directors  and  employees.
During 1996, no warrants to acquire  shares of common stock were granted to such
persons.  The total warrants  exercised in 1996 were 10,000 and warrants expired
were 5,000.  As of December  31,  1996,  outstanding  warrants  are 13,000.  The
purchase  price for shares  issued upon  exercise of these  warrants  range from
$5.00 to $7.50 per share. These warrants are exercisable immediately.


10.   RETIREMENT PLANS

The  Company  adopted a Cash or  Deferred  Arrangement  Agreement  (CODA)  which
satisfies the  requirements  of section 401(k) of the Internal  Revenue Code, on
January 1, 1988. This defined contribution  retirement plan covers substantially
all  employees.  Each  participant  can  elect to have up to 6% of their  salary
reduced and  contributed to the plan. The Company is required to make a matching
contribution  of 25% of  this  salary  reduction.  The  Company  can  also  make
additional contributions at its discretion.  Amounts expensed under the plan for
the  years  ended  December  31,  1996  and  1995,  were  $47,029  and  $44,549,
respectively.

The  Company  does not  provide  post  employment  benefits  and,  as a  result,
Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 106 does not have any impact on
these financial statements.

                                       36

<PAGE>


               INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


11.   LITIGATION

At December 31, 1996, the Company is involved in litigation with a former inmate
at a correctional facility where the Company has provided medical services.  The
case is a  malpractice  claim  against  the  Company  as well as  other  related
parties. The plaintive seeks $1,550,000 in damages. The Company has insurance to
cover claims of up to $1 million per occurrence,  and there are other defendants
who will likely contribute to either a settlement or a judgment,  if any. In the
opinion of management, there will be no material adverse effect on the Company's
financial  statements  as a result  of this  litigation.  No  amounts  have been
accrued in the financial statements related to this matter.

12.   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Common Stock

Subsequent to December 31, 1996, the board of directors increased the authorized
shares of the Company's  common stock from  1,000,000 to  10,000,000  shares and
authorized a three for one split of its outstanding common stock.

Private Placement Memorandum

In March 1997, the Company completed a private placement memorandum which raised
$5,000,000  in exchange for 285,714  shares of the Company's  common stock.  The
funds  will be  utilized  for the  further  development  of the  Company's  CAST
software  product  (see Note 1) and the pursuit of CAST  business  opportunities
during 1997 and 1998.

                                       37

<PAGE>




                                INDEX OF EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Exhibit No.       Description                                                                Page No.
<S> <C>
3.1               Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation                              40-43
                  effective March 18, 1997.

3.2               Amended By-Laws of the Company incorporated by referenced to the            44
                  Company's Form S-18 filed with the SEC on Form S-18 dated
                  November 20, 1986 (Commission File No. 33-9390).

10.1              Office Lease for 18,280 square feet at 11240 Waples Mill Road,              45-77
                  Fairfax, Virginia 22030.

10.2              Company's 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan through Aetna Life Insurance           78-118
                  and Annuity Company.

10.3              1986 Stock Option Plan incorporated by reference from the                   119
                  Company's Form S-8 filed on December 20, 1988 with the SEC.

10.4              1996 Stock Option Plan incorporated by reference from the                   120
                  Company's Form S-8 filed on June 25, 1996 with the SEC.

10.5              Line of Credit Agreement with First Virginia Bank incorporated by           121
                  reference from Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ending December
                  31, 1995 filed with the SEC on April 15, 1996 (Commission File
                  No. 33-9390).

10.6              Warrant Agreement between George DeBakey, a director, and the               122-138
                  Company dated June 1, 1989.

10.7              Warrant Agreement between James C. Wester, a director, and the              139-145
                  Company dated February 24, 1993.

10.8              Software Purchase Agreement between Kenneth K. Parsons and the              146-150
                  Company for the purchase of CAST software.


10.9              Royalty Agreement between James C. Wester and                               151-154


<PAGE>



                  the Company in exchange for development expense advances.

10.10             Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated June 5, 1996, between                 155
                  the Company and Stephen E. Petruzzo for the purchase of
                  International  Software Services  Corporation,
                  incorporated  by  reference  to the  Company's
                  Form 8-K filed on July 16, 1996 with the SEC.

10.11             Registration Rights Agreement dated February 27, 1997 between               156-167
                  the Company and certain purchases of Common Stock.


21.1              List of Subsidiaries.                                                       168-169
</TABLE>


<PAGE>




                                  EXHIBIT 3.1



<PAGE>



                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                        INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED

          FIRST:  The name of the Corporation is Information Analysis
Incorporated  (the  "Corporation"),  a corporation  duly  organized and existing
under the Virginia Stock Corporation Act of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

         SECOND:  These  Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation,  which have been
prepared in accordance with Section  13.1-711 of the Virginia Stock  Corporation
Act, amend and restate the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation and all prior
amendments  thereto by deleting  from the  Articles all  provisions  thereof and
substituting in lieu thereof the Restated Articles of Incorporation set forth in
their entirety in Article THIRD below.

THIRD:

         1.  Name.  The  name  of  the   Corporation  is  INFORMATION   ANALYSIS
INCORPORATED.

         2.  Purpose.  The  purpose or  purposes  for which the  Corporation  is
organized are:

         To provide consulting, programming, development and design services for
automated  information  processing systems,  including,  but not limited to, the
design and development of automated  information  processing systems for sale or
lease  and to  enter  into  or  carry  on any  business  or  transaction  deemed
necessary, convenient or incidental to any of the foregoing purposes.

                  In aid of, or in connection  with,  the  foregoing,  or in the
use, management, improvement, or disposition of its property, and in addition to
all other powers conferred by law, the Corporation shall have the power:

                  (a) To do all things  lawful,  necessary,  or  incident to the
accomplishment  of the purposes set forth above;  to exercise all lawful  powers
now  possessed  by Virginia  corporations  of similar  character;  to enter into
partnerships  or  joint  ventures,  and to  engage  or any  business  in which a
corporation organized under the laws of Virginia may engage, except any business
that is required to be specifically set forth in the Articles of Incorporation.

                  (b) The objects,  powers and purposes  specified in any clause
or paragraph hereinbefore contained shall be construed as objects and powers in

                                       41

<PAGE>



furtherance  and  not  in  limitation  of  the  general  powers  conferred  upon
corporations  by the laws of the  Commonwealth  of  Virginia;  and it is  hereby
expressly provided that the foregoing enumeration of specific powers shall in no
way limit or restrict any other power,  object or purpose of the  Corporation or
in any manner affect any general powers or authority of the Corporation.


         3. Capital Stock.  The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation
will have authority to issue and the par value per share are as follows:

         CLASS              Number of Shares        Par Value Per Share
         -----              ----------------        -------------------

         Common Stock          10,000,000                  $0.01

         Each share of Common Stock shall have full voting rights.

         4. Preemptive  Rights.  No holder of stock of the Corporation  shall be
entitled as such,  as a matter of right,  to purchase or subscribe for any stock
which the Corporation may issue or sell, of any class or classes and whether out
of unissued  shares  authorized by the Articles of  Incorporation  as originally
filed or by any amendment  thereof or out of shares of stock of the  Corporation
acquired by it after the issue  thereof;  nor, shall any holder of any shares of
the capital stock of the  Corporation be entitled as such, as a matter of right,
to purchase or subscribe for any obligation  which the  Corporation may issue or
sell that shall be convertible  into or exchangeable for any shares of the stock
of the  Corporation  of any class or classes,  or to which shall be attached any
warrant or warrants or any other  instrument  or  instruments  that shall confer
upon the holder of such  obligation  the right to subscribe for or purchase from
the  Corporation  any  shares  of its  capital  stock of any  class  or  classes
authorized by the Articles of  Incorporation  of the  Corporation  is originally
filed or by any amendment thereof.

         5. Officer and Director  Liability.  In any proceeding brought by or in
the right of the  Corporation or brought by or on behalf of a shareholder in the
right of the  Corporation  or  brought by or on behalf of a  shareholder  of the
Corporation,  an officer or director of the Corporation  shall not be liable for
any damages  assessed  against such officer or director  arising out of a single
transaction,  occurrence  or course of conduct.  However,  the  liability  of an
officer or director  shall not be so limited if the officer or director  engaged
in willful  misconduct  or a knowing  violation  of the  criminal  law or of any
federal or state securities law,  including,  without  limitation,  any claim of
unlawful insider trading or manipulation of the market for any security.

         6. Registered  Office and Registered  Agent.  The registered  office of
this Corporation is 11240 Waple Mill Road, Suite 400,  Fairfax,  Virginia 22030,
in the County of Fairfax, which is the address of the Registered Agent, Sandor

                                       42

<PAGE>

Rosenberg,  a resident of this  Commonwealth and a director and President of the
Corporation.


          7. Duration. The duration of the Corporation is to be perpetual.

          8. Shareholder  Voting.  Whenever under the Virginia Stock Corporation
Act any action which  requires,  in the absence of any provision to the contrary
in the Articles of  Incorporation,  the approval of more than  two-thirds of all
votes  entitled to vote thereon by all the  shareholders  and/or by any separate
voting group  thereof,  such action shall only require the approval of more than
one-half of all votes entitled to vote thereon by all the shareholders and/or by
any separate voting group thereof.

          FOURTH:  The  Board of  Directors  of the  Corporation,  by  unanimous
written  consent  dated  January 9, 1997,  deemed it  advisable  and in the best
interests of the  Corporation  to amend and restate in its entirety the Articles
of Incorporation of the Corporation,  as previously amended, as set forth in the
foregoing  Restated  Articles of Incorporation  and directed that these Restated
Articles  Incorporation  be  submitted  for  consideration  and  action  by  the
shareholders  in accordance  with the  requirements of Chapter 9 of the Virginia
Stock Corporation Act.

          FIFTH: A special  meeting of the  shareholders  of the Corporation was
duly convened on February 4, 1997, to review and act on the proposed Restatement
of Articles of  Incorporation,  the text of which is set forth above. The number
of shares of the Common  Stock of the  Corporation  outstanding  and entitled to
vote on the Restated  Articles of  Incorporation  was 502,999,  of which 380,775
shares  voted  for and 4,150  shares  voted  against  adoption  of the  Restated
Articles of Incorporation at the aforesaid February 4, 1997 special stockholders
meeting.  The number of votes cast for  adoption  of the  Restated  Articles  of
Incorporation was sufficient for approval by the shareholders of the Corporation
as required under Section 13.1-707 of the Virginia Stock Corporation Act.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, president of Information Analysis
Incorporated  has executed these Amended and Restated  Articles of Incorporation
on the 25th day of February,  1997 and declares that the facts stated herein are
true and correct on such date.

                                       INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED

                                           /s/ Sandor Rosenberg
                                       By:______________________________
                                          Sandor Rosenberg, President

                                       43





                                   EXHIBIT 3.2


                           (Incorporated By Reference)







                                       44






                                  EXHIBIT 10.1








                                       45

<PAGE>

                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

                           FAIR CENTER OFFICE BUILDING

                                FAIRFAX, VIRGINIA

         THIS  LEASE  AGREEMENT  (this  "Lease")  is made as of the 20th day of
December,  1996 by and  between  Aeromaritime  Investment  Company,  a Delaware
corporation  (hereinafter  referred to "Landlord"),  and  Information Analysis,
Inc., a Virginia corporation (hereinafter referred to as "Tenant").

                                    RECITALS:
                                    ---------

         A. Landlord is the owner of a four-story  office building known as the
Fair  Center  Office  Building,  located at 11240  Waples  Mill Road,  Fairfax,
Virginia 22030. (Said office building is hereinafter referred to as the "Office
Building").

          B. Tenant  desires to lease space in the Office  Building and Landlord
is willing  to lease  space in the Office  Building  to Tenant,  upon the terms,
conditions, covenants and agreements set forth herein.

          NOW  THEREFORE,  the  parties  hereto,  intending  legally to be bound
hereby covenant and agree as set forth below.

                                    ARTICLE I
                                    ---------
                                  THE PREMISES
                                  ------------

         1.1  Landlord  hereby  leases to Tenant and Tenant  hereby  leases from
Landlord, for the term and upon the terms, conditions,  covenants and agreements
herein  provided,  approximately  15,023 square feet of rentable area on the 4th
floor  (hereinafter  referred to as "Part A of the Premises") and  approximately
3,257 square feet of rentable area on the 2nd floor (hereinafter  referred to as
"Part B of the  Premises") of the Office  Building  (such combined total area of
18,280  square  feet  of  rentable  area  is  hereinafter  referred  to  as  the
"Premises").  The  location  and  configuration  of the Premises are outlined on
Exhibit A  attached  hereto  and made a part  hereof.  At such time as the exact
number of square feet of rentable area included in the Premises is  ascertained,
Landlord and Tenant shall  execute an amendment to this Lease  stating the exact
number of square feet of rentable  area  included  in the  Premises.  Landlord's
architect  shall  verify the square  footage of the Premises and verify that the
1989  Washington  Board of Realtors  Standard Floor Area Measure was utilized in
the calculation of the square footage.

         1.2 The lease of the Premises  (hereinafter referred to as the "Lease")
includes  the right,  together  with other  tenants of the Office  Building  and
members  of the  public,  to use the  common  and  public  areas  of the  Office
Building, but includes no other rights not specifically set forth herein.

         1.3  Tenant  shall have the use of up to 3.5  parking  spaces per 1,000
rentable  square feet in the Premises on the Office  Building's  surface parking
lot,  including  six  (6)  reserved,   marked  spaces  for  Tenant's  employees,
representatives,  visitors and agents.  Other than the six (6) reserved,  marked
spaces referenced  hereinabove,  Tenant agrees and acknowledges that the parking
spaces shall be unreserved  and that  Landlord  shall not be obligated to police
the parking lot to enforce  this  provision  nor shall  Landlord be obligated to
guarantee that such spaces will always be available.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                   ----------
                                      TERM
                                      ----

         2.1 The  term of this  Lease  (hereinafter  referred  to as the  "Lease
Term")  shall  commence  on the date  determined  pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof
(hereinafter  referred to as the "Lease  Commencement  Date") and shall

                                       46


<PAGE>

                                       2

continue  for the  balance  of the month in which the  Lease  Commencement  Date
occurs and for a period of seven (7) years  thereafter  unless the Lease Term is
renewed or terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions of this Lease.

         2.2 The Lease  Commencement  Date  shall be the date on which  Landlord
substantially  completes construction of the tenant improvements to be installed
in the  Premises,  as  determined  pursuant to  Paragraphs  1 and 2 of Exhibit B
attached  hereto and made a part hereof,  or the date on which Tenant  commences
beneficial use of the Premises,  whichever occurs first.  Tenant shall be deemed
to have  commenced  beneficial  use of the Premises  when Tenant  begins to move
furniture and furnishings into the Premises.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if
Landlord is delayed in  completing  construction  of the Premises as a result of
any of the  reasons  described  in clauses  (a)  through  (e) of  Paragraph 3 of
Exhibit B, the Premises shall be determined to have been substantially completed
on  the  date   determined  in  accordance   with  Paragraph  4  of  Exhibit  B.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  in the event Landlord is unable to substantially
complete  construction  of the  Premises by May 1, 1997 and such is inability to
complete  construction is not caused by circumstances beyond Landlord's control,
including  Tenant's  failure to comply  with any term,  condition,  covenant  or
agreement  contained in the Lease and attached  Exhibit B, then and only in such
event Landlord agrees to pay Tenant's holdover portion of base rent for Tenant's
present offices  located  at 2222  Gallows  Road,  Suite  300,  Dunn  Loring,
Virginia  in the  amount  of  $11,871.58  per month  commencing  May 1, 1997 and
continuing until the Premises is substantially completed.

         2.3 Promptly after the Lease Commencement Date is ascertained, Landlord
and Tenant  shall  execute an amendment  to this Lease  setting  forth the Lease
Commencement Date and the date upon which the Lease Term will expire.

         2.4 Landlord presently  anticipates that the Premises will be ready for
occupancy for Tenant on or about March 1, 1997.  In the event that  construction
of the Premises or delivery of possession of the Premises is delayed, regardless
of the reasons or causes of such delay, this Lease shall not be rendered void or
voidable as a result of such delay, and the term of this Lease shall commence on
the Lease  Commencement  Date as  determined  pursuant  to Section  2.2  hereof.
Furthermore,  Landlord  shall  not have any  liability  whatsoever  to Tenant on
account of any such delay except as  otherwise  set forth in Section 2.2 hereof.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   in  the  event  Landlord  has  not  delivered
possession  of the  Premises  by August 1, 1997 and such  delay in  delivery  in
possession was not caused by Tenant or circumstances  beyond Landlord's control,
Tenant may terminate the Lease without penalty.

         2.5 For  purposes of this Lease,  the term "Lease Year" shall mean each
consecutive  period of the twelve (12) calendar months,  commencing on the first
day of the month immediately following the month in which the Lease Commencement
Date  occurs and on each  anniversary  of such day,  except that the first (1st)
Lease Year shall also include the period from Lease  Commencement Date until the
first day of the following month.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                   -----------
                                    BASE RENT
                                    ---------

         3.1  During the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as annual base
rent for the Premises,  without setoff,  deduction or demand, the combined total
amount of:  (a) an amount  equal to the sum of $15.75  multiplied  by the  total
number of square  feet of  rentable  area in Part A of the  Premises  and (b) an
amount equal to the sum of $15.50  multiplied by the total number of square feet
of rentable area in Part B of the Premises, which combined total amount shall be
subject to  adjustment  as provided in Section 3.2 hereof.  The annual base rent
payable  hereunder  during each Lease Year shall be divided  into equal  monthly
installments and such monthly  installments  shall be due and payable in advance
by the first day of each month  during  such Lease Year.  Concurrently  with the
signing of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of $23,924.65, which
sum shall be credited by Landlord  toward the monthly  installment  of base rent
due for the first full  calendar  month  falling  within the Lease Term.  If the
Lease  Term  begins on a day other  than on the first day of a month,  rent from
such date until the first day of the following  month shall be prorated on a per
diem basis at the rate of one-thirtieth  (1/30th) of the monthly  installment of
base rent payable  during the first Lease Year,  and such prorated rent shall be
payable in advance on the Lease Commencement Date.

                                       47

<PAGE>

                                       3

         3.2  Commencing  on the first (1st) day of the second  (2nd) Lease Year
and on the first day of each and every  Lease Year  thereafter  during the Lease
Term, the annual base rent set forth in Section 3.1 hereof shall be increased by
three percent (3%).


         3.3 All rent shall be paid to  Landlord  in legal  tender of the United
States at the address to which  notices to  Landlord  are to be given or to such
other party or to such other address as Landlord may designate from time to time
by written notice to Tenant.  If Landlord shall at any time accept rent after it
shall  become due and  payable,  such  acceptance  shall not excuse a delay upon
subsequent  occasions,  or  constitute  or be  construed  as a waiver  of any of
Landlord's rights hereunder.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                 ADDITIONAL RENT

         4.1  Introduction.  An integral part of Landlord's  leasing program for
the Office  Building  involves  the  requirement  that the tenants of the Office
Building  bear that portion of the costs and expenses  incurred each year in the
operation of the Office Building that exceed a predetermined  base amount. It is
the intent and desire of the Landlord  that such costs and expenses be allocated
among all the  tenants of the Office  Building  in a fair and  equitable  manner
consistent  with  sound and  practical  administrative  practice.  The costs and
expenses include, among other things: (a) the basic administrative and operating
costs and expenses  incurred in the  operation of the Office  Building,  (b) the
charges for electrical  power  furnished to or for the benefit of the tenants of
the  Office  Building,  and (c) the costs  incurred  by  Landlord  in  providing
janitorial and char services for the tenants of the Office  Building and for all
public and common  areas in the Office  Building.  By  execution  of this Lease,
Tenant  accepts  basic  obligation  to pay its  proportionate  share of the cost
increases  incurred with respect to the expenses  described  above. The specific
obligations of Tenant with respect to such cost  increases  shall be governed by
the remaining sections of this Article IV.

          4.2 Basic Operating Charges.
       (a) As additional rent for the Premises. Tenant shall pay to Landlord its
proportionate  share of the  amount  by which the Basic  Operating  Charges  (as
hereinafter  defined)  incurred  by  Landlord  in the  operation  of the  Office
Building  during any calendar  year falling  entirely or partly within the Lease
Term exceed the Basic Operating  Charges for the calendar year 1997 (hereinafter
referred  to as the  "Operating  Charges  Base  Amount").  For  purposes of this
Section  4.2,  Tenant's  proportionate  share  of such  increases  shall be that
percentage which is equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of
square feet of rentable area in the Premises,  and the  denominator  of which is
the total number of square feet of rentable area in the Office Building.

      (b) The  Basic  Operating  Charges  shall  mean the sum of the  costs  and
expenses  described in subsection (1) below, which are  intended to include  all
costs of operating the Office Building that are to be apportioned to all tenants
of the Office  Building,  but the Basic Operating  Charges shall not include the
costs and expenses described in subsection (2) below.

      (1) Included costs and expenses:

          (i) Except as otherwise  provided in subsection  (b)(2)(v) below, gas,
              water,  sewer,  electricity and other utility  charges  (including
              surcharges) of every type and nature.

         (ii) Insurance.

        (iii) Personnel costs of the Office Building,  including but not limited
              to, salaries, wages, fringe benefits and other direct and indirect
              costs of  engineers,  superintendents,  watchmen,  porters and any
              other Office Building personnel.

         (iv) Costs of service and  maintenance  contracts,  including,  but not
              limited to, chillers,  boilers,  controls,  elevators, mail chute,
              window cleaning, security services and management fees.

                                       48


<PAGE>

                                       4

          (v) All other  maintenance  and repair expenses and supplies which are
              deducted  by  Landlord  in  computing   its  Federal   income  tax
              liability.


         (vi) Depreciation (on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the
              improvement) for capital  expenditures  made by Landlord to reduce
              operating  expenses if  Landlord  reasonably  determines  that the
              annual reduction in operating  expenses shall exceed  depreciation
              therefor.

        (vii) Costs  of  all  janitorial  and  cleaning  services  and  supplies
              furnished to the tenants of the Office Building and for all common
              and public areas in the Office Building.

       (viii) Any other  actual  costs and  expenses  incurred  by  Landlord  in
              maintaining or operating the Office Building.

         (ix) The costs of any  additional  services  not provided to the Office
              Building at the Lease Commencement Date but thereafter provided by
              Landlord in the prudent management of the Office Building.

          (x) Real Estate Taxes (as hereinafter defined).

              (2) Excludes costs and expenses:

          (i) Principal or interest payments on any mortgages, deeds of trust or
              other financing encumbrances.

         (ii) Leasing commissions payable by Landlord.

        (iii) Deductions for depreciation for the Office Building, except to the
              extent included in subsection (1)(vi) above.

         (iv) Capital   improvements  that  are  not  deducted  by  Landlord  in
              computing its Federal income tax  liability,  except to the extent
              included in subsection (1)(vi) above.

          (v) The costs of special services or utilities  separately  chargeable
              to individual tenants of the Office Building.

         (vi) Ground rent or other rental  payments  made under any ground lease
              or underlying lease.

        (vii) Costs of  structural  repairs  to the  Office  Building  including
              structural  repairs to the roof, curtain wall,  foundation,  floor
              slabs (except for normal caulking and maintenance).

       (viii) Costs of leasing commissions, legal, space planning, construction,
              and other  expenses  incurred in procuring  tenants for the Office
              Building or with respect to individual tenants or occupants of the
              Office Building.

         (ix) Costs  of  painting,  redecorating,  or  other  services  or  work
              performed for the benefit of another tenant, prospective tenant or
              occupant (other than the common areas of the Office Building).

          (x) Salaries,  wages,  or  other  compensation  paid  to  officers  or
              executives of Landlord.

         (xi) Costs of advertising and public  relations and  promotional  costs
              associated  with the  promotion or leasing of the Office  Building
              and costs of signs in or on the Office  Building  identifying  the
              owners  of the  Office  Building  or  any  tenant  of  the  Office
              Building.

        (xii) Any costs,  fines or penalties  incurred  due to the  violation by
              Landlord of any governmental rule or authority.


       (xiii) Any  other   expenses  for  which   Landlord   actually   receives
              reimbursement from insurance,  condemnation  awards, other tenants
              or any other source.

                                       49


<PAGE>

                                       5

        (xiv) Costs  of  repairs,   restoration,   replacements  or  other  work
              occasioned by: (a) fire, windstorm or other casualty (whether such
              destruction   be  total  or  partial)  and  (b)  the  exercise  by
              governmental rule or authority.


         (xv) Costs  incurred in connection  with  disputes with tenants,  other
              occupants,  or prospective tenants, or costs and expenses incurred
              in  connection  with  negotiations  or  disputes  with  employees,
              consultants,  management  agents,  leasing  agents,  purchasers or
              mortgagees of the Office Building.

        (xvi) Costs of  repairing,  replacing  or otherwise  correcting  defects
              (including  latent  defects)  in or  inadequacies  of (but not the
              costs of ordinary and  customary  repair for normal wear and tear)
              the initial  design  or construction  of  the Office  Building  or
              the costs of  repairing,  replacing or  correcting  defects in the
              initial design or construction of the Office Building or the costs
              of  repairing,  replacing  or  correcting  defects in the  initial
              design or construction of any tenant improvements.

       (xvii) Costs relating to another  tenant's or occupant's  space which (a)
              were  incurred in rendering  any service or benefit to such tenant
              that Landlord was not required, or were for a service in excess of
              the service  that the  Landlord was  required,  to provide  Tenant
              hereunder or (b) were  otherwise in excess of the Office  Building
              standard  services then being  provided by Landlord to all tenants
              or other  occupants  in the Office  Building,  whether or not such
              other tenant or occupant is actually charged therefor by Landlord.

      (xviii) Costs   incurred   in   connection   with  the  sale,   financing,
              refinancing,  mortgaging,  selling or change of  ownership  of the
              Office Building.

        (xix) Costs,  fines,  interest,   penalties,  legal  fees  or  costs  of
              litigation  incurred  due to the late  payments of taxes,  utility
              bills and other costs incurred by Landlord's  failure to make such
              payments when due.

         (xx) General   overhead   and  general   administrative   expenses  and
              accounting, record-keeping and clerical support of Landlord or the
              management agent, except expenses related to the Office Building.

        (xxi) All amounts  which would  otherwise be included in expenses  which
              are  paid to any  affiliate  or  subsidiary  of  Landlord,  or any
              representative, employee or agent of same, to the extent the costs
              of such services exceed the competitive rates for similar services
              of comparable  quality  rendered by persons or entities of similar
              skill, competence and experience.

       (xxii) Increased  insurance  premiums  caused by  Landlord's or any other
              tenant's  hazardous acts and insurance for leasehold  improvements
              in the premises leased or to be leased to other tenants.

      (xxiii) Costs incurred to correct violations by Landlord of any law, rule,
              order or  regulation  which  was in effect as of the date that the
              Office Building's Certificate of Occupancy was validly issued.

       (xxiv) Costs  arising  from the presence of  Hazardous  Substances  in or
              about or below the land or the Office Building,  including without
              limitation,  hazardous  substances  in  the  groundwater  or  soil
              (unless  introduced  into or caused by Tenant),  except  costs for
              bottled  drinking  water  which may be  provided to tenants of the
              Office Building.

        (xxv) Costs   incurred  for  any  items  to  the  extent  covered  by  a
              manufacturer's,  materialsman's, vendor's or contractor's warranty
              (a "Warranty")  and the costs of any items that are not covered by
              a Warranty but for which a reasonable, prudent Landlord would have
              obtained a warranty.

       (xxvi) Non-cash   items,   such  as  deductions  for   depreciation   and
              amortization  of the  Office  Building  and  the  Office  Building
              equipment,  interest on capital  invested,  bad debt losses,  rent
              losses and reserves for such losses.

      (xxvii) Services  provided  and  costs  incurred  in  connection  with the
              operation of retail or other ancillary operations

                                       50


<PAGE>

                                       6

              owned, operated or subsidized by Landlord.


      (c) As used above,  the term "Real Estate Taxes" shall mean,  (i) all real
 estate  taxes,  including  general and special  assessments,  if any, which are
 imposed upon Landlord or assessed  against the Office  Building and/or the land
 upon which the  Office  Building  is  situated,  and (ii) any other  present or
 future  taxes or  governmental  charges  that are  imposed  upon  Landlord,  or
 assessed against the Office Building and/or the land upon which it is situated,
 including,  but not  limited  to,  any tax levied on or  measured  by the rents
 payable by tenants  of the Office  Building,  which are in the nature of, or in
 substitution for, real estate taxes.

         4.3 Commencing on the first anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date,
Tenant shall make estimated monthly payments to Landlord on account of increases
in the charges  described in Section 4.2 that are expected to be incurred during
each calendar year falling  entirely or partly within the Lease Term. The amount
of such monthly payments shall be determined as follows. At the beginning of the
second  year of the  Lease  Term  and at the  beginning  of each  calendar  year
thereafter, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a statement setting forth Landlord's
reasonable estimates of the amounts by which the charges that are expected to be
incurred during such calendar year will exceed the Operating Charges Base Amount
and  the  computation  of  Tenant's  proportionate  share  of  such  anticipated
increase.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month following
receipt of such statement  during such calendar year an amount equal to Tenant's
proportionate share of the anticipated  increase  multiplied by a fraction,  the
numerator  of which is 1, and the  denominator  of which is the number of months
during such  calendar  year which fall within the Lease Term and follow the date
of the foregoing statement. Within ninety (90) days after the expiration of each
calendar year, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a statement showing, (i) Tenant's
proportionate  share of the amount by which the costs and expenses  described in
Section 4.2 actually  incurred  during the preceding  calendar year exceeded the
Operating  Charges Base Amount,  and (ii) the aggregate  amount of the estimated
payments  made by Tenant on account  thereof.  If the  aggregate  amount of such
estimated payments exceeds Tenant's actual liability for such increases,  Tenant
shall deduct the net overpayment from its next estimated  payment or payments on
account of increases in such categories of charges for the then current year. If
Tenant's actual liability for such increases exceeds the estimated payments made
by Tenant on account  thereof,  then Tenant shall within thirty (30) days pay to
Landlord the total amount of such deficiency.

         4.4 In the event the Lease Term  commences or expires during a calendar
year, the increases in the charges described in Section 4.2 to be paid by Tenant
for such  calendar  year  shall be  apportioned  by  multiplying  the  amount of
Tenant's  proportionate  share thereof for the full calendar year by a fraction,
the numerator of which is the number of months during such calendar year falling
within the Lease Term, and the  denominator of which is 12.  Tenant's  liability
for its  proportionate  share  of the  increase  in such  charges  for the  last
calendar year falling entirely or partly within the Lease Term shall survive the
expiration  of the Lease Term.  Similarly,  Landlord's  obligation  to refund to
Tenant the  excess,  if any,  of the amount of  Tenant's  estimated  payments on
account  of such  increase  for such last  calendar  year over  Tenant's  actual
liability therefore shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

         4.5 All payments required to be made by Tenant pursuant to this Article
IV shall be paid to Landlord, without setoff or deduction, in the same manner as
the base rent is payable pursuant to Article III hereof.

         4.6 In the event that any business, rent or other taxes that are now or
hereafter  levied upon  Tenant's  use or  occupancy  of the Premises or Tenant's
business at the  Premises  are  enacted,  changed or altered so that any of such
taxes are levied  against the Landlord,  or the mode of collection of such taxes
is changed so that  Landlord is  responsible  for  collection or payment of such
taxes,  Tenant shall pay any and all such taxes to Landlord  within  thirty (30)
days of demand from Landlord.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                    ---------
                                SECURITY DEPOSIT
                                ----------------

         5.1  Simultaneously  with the  execution  of this Lease,  Tenant  shall
deliver to Landlord an amount equal to one month's  installment  of base rent as
computed in  accordance  with  Article 3.1, as a security  deposit  (hereinafter
referred to as the "Security Deposit").  Such amount shall be in addition to the
amount  referenced  in Section 3.1 hereof.  In the event that the  Premises are
determined  to contain  more or less than 18,280 square feet of  rentable  area,
then the amount

                                       51


<PAGE>

                                       7

of the Security Deposit shall be increased or decreased,  as the case may be, so
that  the  amount  of the  Security  Deposit  shall  be  equal  to  one  monthly
installment  of base  rent,  as  determined  pursuant  to  Section  3.1  hereof.
Landlord  shall not be required to maintain such Security  Deposit in a separate
account.  The  Security  Deposit  shall  be  deposited  in a  federally  insured
financial  institution  and shall earn interest  throughout  the Lease Term. The
Security Deposit shall be security for the performance by Tenant of all Tenant's
obligations,  covenants,  conditions  and  agreements  under this Lease.  Within
thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Lease Term, and provided Tenant has
vacated the Premises and is not in default hereunder,  Landlord shall return the
Security  Deposit and accrued  interest to Tenant,  less  Landlord's  reasonable
administrative  fee of no more than five percent (5%) of the interest earned and
less such portion  thereof as Landlord  shall have  appropriated  to satisfy any
default by Tenant  hereunder.  In the event of any default by Tenant  hereunder,
Landlord  shall have the right,  but shall not be  obligated,  to use,  apply or
retain all or any portion of the  Security  Deposit  for, (i) the payment of any
base or  additional  rent or any other sum as to which Tenant is in default, ii)
the payment of any amount which Landlord may spend or become  obligated to spend
to repair  physical  damage to the Premises or the Office  Building  pursuant to
Section 8.2 hereof,  or (iii) the  payment of any amount  Landlord  may spend or
become  obligated to spend,  or for the  compensation of Landlord for any losses
incurred,  by reason of  Tenant's  default,  including,  but not limited to, any
damage or deficiency  arising in connection  with the reletting of the Premises.
If any portion of the  Security  Deposit is so used or applied,  within ten (10)
business days after written notice to Tenant of such use or application,  Tenant
shall deposit with Landlord cash in an amount sufficient to restore the Security
Deposit to its original amount, and Tenant's failure to do so shall constitute a
default under this Lease.


         5.2 in the event of the sale or transfer  of Landlord's interest in the
 Office Building,  Landlord shall transfer the Security Deposit to the purchaser
 or assignee,  in which event Tenant shall look only to the new landlord for the
 return of the Security  Deposit,  and Landlord shall thereupon be released from
 all liability to Tenant for the return of the Security Deposit.

         5.3 Tenant hereby  acknowledges that Tenant will not look to the holder
of any mortgage (as defined in Section 21.1) encumbering the Office Building for
return of the Security  Deposit if such holder,  or its successors,  or assigns,
shall succeed to the ownership of the Office Building, whether by foreclosure or
deed  in lieu  thereof,  except if and to the  extent  the  Security  Deposit is
actually transferred to such holder.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                   ----------
                               USE OF THE PREMISES
                               -------------------

         6.1 Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises  solely for general office
purposes and for no other use or purpose  without the prior  written  consent of
Landlord.  Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises for any unlawful  purpose
or in any manner that will constitute waste, nuisance or unreasonable  annoyance
to the  Landlord or other  tenants of the Office  Building.  Tenant shall comply
with all present and future laws,  ordinances  (including  zoning ordinances and
land use requirements), regulations, and orders of the United States of America,
the  Commonwealth  of Virginia, the County of Fairfax,  and any other  public or
quasi-public  authority having  jurisdiction  over the Premises,  concerning the
use,  occupancy and condition of the Premises and all  machinery,  equipment and
furnishings  therein.  It is expressly  understood that if any present or future
law,  ordinance,  regulation  or order  requires  an  occupancy  permit  for the
Premises,  Tenant will obtain such permit at Tenant's own  expense,  except that
Landlord shall obtain the initial certificate of occupancy for the Premises upon
Landlord's  completion  of the tenant  improvements  to be installed by Landlord
pursuant to Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof.

         6.2 Tenant and  Landlord  shall  comply,  at all times during the Lease
Term, with Titles I and III of the Americans with  Disabilities  Act of 1990, as
it may be amended  from time to time,  as it relates to the  Premises and Office
Building, respectively.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                   -----------
                           ASSIGNMENTS AND SUBLETTING
                           --------------------------

         7.1 Tenant  shall not have the right to assign,  transfer,  mortgage or
otherwise encumber this Lease or its interest herein without first obtaining the
prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be granted or withheld

                                       52


<PAGE>

                                       8

by Landlord in its sole  discretion.  No assignment or transfer of this Lease or
the right of  occupancy  hereunder  may be  effectuated  by  operation of law or
otherwise  without the prior written  consent of Landlord,  which consent may be
granted  or  withheld  by  Landlord  in its  sole  discretion.  If  Tenant  is a
partnership,  a  withdrawal  or change,  whether  voluntary,  involuntary  or by
operation or law, of partners  owning a controlling  interest in Tenant shall be
deemed a  voluntary  assignment  of this  Lease  and  subject  to the  foregoing
provisions. If Tenant is a corporation,  any dissolution,  merger, consolidation
or other  reorganization  of Tenant,  or the sale or transfer  of a  controlling
interest of the capital stock of Tenant,  shall be deemed a voluntary assignment
of this Lease and subject to the foregoing provisions. However,  the preceding
sentence shall not apply to corporations,  the stock of which is traded through
a national or regional exchange or over-the-counter. Any attempted  assignment
or transfer by Tenant of this Lease or its interest herein without  Landlord's
consent  shall,  at the option of Landlord,  terminate this Lease, however, in
the event of such termination, Tenant shall remain liable for all rent and
other  sums due  under  this  Lease and all  damages  suffered  by Landlord on
account of such breach by Tenant.

         7.2 Tenant shall not have the right to sublease  (which  term,  as used
herein, shall include any type of subrental  arrangement and any type of license
to occupy) the entire Premises without first obtaining the prior written consent
of the Landlord,  which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld,  conditioned
or delayed. Furthermore, Tenant shall not have the right to sublease any portion
of the Premises  without first  complying with the provisions of subsections (a)
and (b) below:

      (a) Tenant  shall  give the  Landlord  written  notice  of its  desire  to
          sublease all or a portion of the  Premises.  Such notice shall specify
          the  portion of the  Premises  proposed to be sublet and the date such
          portion is to be made  available  for  subleasing.  Within twenty (20)
          days after  receipt of such notice,  Landlord  shall notify  Tenant in
          writing whether or not Landlord will retake  possession of the portion
          of the Premises  proposed to be sublet and thereby delete such portion
          of the Premises from the Premises being leased to Tenant hereunder. If
          Landlord elects to retake such portion of the Premises,  then Landlord
          shall  retake  possession  of such  portion on the date  specified  in
          Tenant's  notice and Tenant's  obligation to pay rent for such portion
          shall  cease  on such  date.  Thereafter,  Tenant  shall  not have any
          further rights of any kind,  including any rights of renewal, in or to
          the portion of the Premises so retaken.  If Landlord does not elect to
          retake such portion of the Premises  within the aforesaid  twenty (20)
          day period,  Tenant shall comply with the provisions of subsection (b)
          below with  respect to any  proposed  sublease of such  portion of the
          Premises.

      (b) Tenant  shall have the right to sublease  any portion of the  Premises
          that  Landlord has not elected to retake  pursuant to  subsection  (a)
          above,  provided  that  Tenant  obtains the prior  written  consent of
          Landlord  to  such   proposed   sublease.   Landlord   agrees  not  to
          unreasonably  withhold,  condition  or delay its  consent  to any such
          proposed   sublease;   provided,   however,   that  it  shall  not  be
          unreasonable   for  Landlord  to  withhold  its  consent  if  Landlord
          determines,  in its reasonable  discretion,  that the character of the
          proposed  subtenant or the nature of the activities to be conducted by
          such proposed  subtenant would  adversely  affect the other tenants of
          the  Office  Building  or would  impair the  reputation  of the Office
          Building as a first-class office building.

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Landlord  hereby  approves  Inotech  and Point
Systems,  Inc. as approved  subtenants subject to all provisions of this Article
VII.

         7.3 The consent by Landlord to any  assignment or subletting  shall not
be construed as a waiver or release of Tenant from any and all liability for the
performance  of all  covenants and  obligations  to be performed by Tenant under
this Lease,  nor shall the  collection  or acceptance of rent from any assignee,
transferee or subtenant constitute a waiver or release of Tenant from any of its
liabilities  or  obligations  under  this  Lease.   Landlord's  consent  to  any
assignment  or  subletting  shall not be construed as relieving  Tenant from the
obligation of complying  with the  provisions of Sections 7.1 or 7.2 hereof,  as
applicable,  with respect to any subsequent  assignment or  subletting.  For any
period during which Tenant is in default  hereunder,  Tenant  hereby  assigns to
Landlord the rent due from any  subtenant of Tenant and hereby  authorizes  each
subtenant to pay said rent directly to Landlord.

         7.4 Tenant  hereby  covenants  and agrees that  neither  Tenant nor any
other person having an interest in the possession, use, occupancy or utilization
of the Premises  shall enter into any lease,  sublease,  license,  concession or
other agreement for use, occupancy or utilization of space in the Premises which
provides for rental or other payment

                                       53


<PAGE>

                                       9

for such  use,  occupancy  or  utilization  based in whole or in part on the net
income or profits  derived by any person from the  Premises,  used,  occupied or
utilized  (other than an amount based on a fixed  percentage or  percentages  of
receipts  or  sales),  and that any such  purported  lease,  sublease,  license,
concession or other  agreement  shall be absolutely  void and  ineffective  as a
conveyance  of any  right or  interest  in the  possession,  use,  occupancy  or
utilization of any part of the Premises.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                  ------------
                        TENANT'S MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS
                        --------------------------------

         8.1 Tenant will keep and  maintain  the  Premises  and all fixtures and
equipment located therein in clean, safe and sanitary condition,  will take good
care thereof and make all required repairs thereto,  and will suffer no waste or
injury thereto. At the expiration or other termination of the Lease Term, Tenant
shall  surrender the Premises,  broom clean,  in the same order and condition in
which they are in on the Lease  Commencement  Date,  ordinary  wear and tear and
unavoidable damage by the elements excepted.

         8.2 Except as otherwise  provided in Article  XVII hereof,  all injury,
breakage and damage to the Premises and to any other part of the Office Building
caused by any act or omission of Tenant, or of any agent,  employee,  subtenant,
contractor,  customer or invitee of Tenant, shall be repaired by and at the sole
expense of Tenant,  except that Landlord shall have the right, at its option, to
make such repairs and to charge  Tenant for all costs and  expenses  incurred in
connection   therewith  as  additional  rent  hereunder.   Notwithstanding   the
foregoing,  except  in the event of  emergency,  Landlord  shall  only make such
repairs to the Premises if Tenant has failed to make such repairs within fifteen
(15) days of the occurrence. The liability of Tenant for such costs and expenses
shall be reduced by the amount of any insurance proceeds received by Landlord on
account of such injury, breakage or damage.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                   ----------
                               TENANT ALTERATIONS
                               ------------------

         9.1 The initial  tenant  improvements  in and to the Premises  shall be
installed  by Landlord  in  accordance  with  Exhibit B attached  hereto.  It is
understood  and agreed  Landlord  will not make,  and is under no  obligation to
make,  any   structural  or  other   alterations,   decorations,   additions  or
improvements  in or to the  Premises,  except  as  provided  in  Exhibit B or as
otherwise provided in this Lease.

         9.2  Tenant  will not make or permit  anyone  to make any  alterations,
decorations,  additions or improvements (hereinafter referred to collectively as
"Building  Improvements"),  or any structural or exterior  changes to the Office
Building  without the prior written  consent of Landlord.  Such consent shall be
subject  to  Landlord's  sole   discretion.   Tenant  may  make   non-structural
alterations,  decorations,  additions  or  improvements  to the  interior of the
Premises  (hereinafter referred to collectively as "Improvements") only upon the
prior  written  consent of Landlord,  which  consent  shall not be  unreasonably
withheld.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Tenant is not required to obtain the
Landlord's written consent to hang artwork and other similar  decorations on the
walls of the  Premises so long as such  decorations  do not damage the  Premises
(damage shall not be deemed to include small holes caused by hooks or nails used
to hang the decorations).  It shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold
its consent where the  Improvements  proposed will, in the judgment of Landlord,
adversely  affect the other  tenants of the Office  Building or would impair the
reputation  of the  Office  Building  as a  first-class  office  building.  When
granting its consent,  Landlord may impose any conditions it deems  appropriate,
including,  without  limitation,  the  approval  of  plans  and  specifications,
approval of the  contractor or other persons who will perform the work,  and the
obtaining of specified  insurance.  All Building  Improvements  or  Improvements
permitted by Landlord must conform to all laws,  regulations and requirements of
the Federal,  Virginia and Fairfax County governments:  As a condition precedent
to such  written  consent of  Landlord,  Tenant  agrees to obtain and deliver to
Landlord written,  unconditional  waivers of mechanic's and materialmen's  liens
against  the Office  Building  and the land upon which it is  situated  from all
proposed  contractors,  subcontractors,  laborers and material suppliers for all
work,  labor and  services to be  performed  and  materials  to be  furnished in
connection with Improvements to the Premises. If, notwithstanding the foregoing,
any mechanic's or materialmen's  lien is filed against the Premises,  the Office
Building  and/or the land upon which it is  situated,  for work  claimed to have
been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, the Premises, the
Office  Building  and/or the land upon which it is situated,  such lien shall be
discharged by Tenant within ten (10) days thereafter,  at Tenant's sole cost and
expense, by the

                                       54


<PAGE>

                                       10

payment  thereof or by the filing of a bond.  If Tenant  shall fail to discharge
any  such  mechanic's  or  materialmen's  lien,  Landlord  may,  at its  option,
discharge  such lien and  treat  the cost  thereof  (including  attorneys'  fees
incurred in  connection  therewith)  as  additional  rent  payable with the next
monthly  installment  of base rent falling due; it being  expressly  agreed that
such  discharge by Landlord  shall not be deemed to waive or release the default
of Tenant in not discharging such lien. It is further understood and agreed that
in the event  Landlord  shall  give its  written  consent  to the  making of any
Improvements to the Premises,  such written consent shall not be deemed to be an
agreement  or consent by Landlord to subject its interest in the  Premises,  the
Office  Building  or the land upon which it is  situated  to any  mechanic's  or
materialmen's liens which may be filed in connection therewith.


         9.3 Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord  harmless from and against
any and all  expenses,  liens,  claims,  liabilities  and  damages  based  on or
arising,  directly or indirectly, by reason of the making of any improvements to
the Premises.  If any Improvements are made without the prior written consent of
Landlord,  Landlord shall have the right to remove and correct such Improvements
and restore the  Premises to their  condition  immediately  prior  thereto,  and
Tenant  shall be liable for all  expenses  incurred by  Landlord  in  connection
therewith.  All  Improvements  to the Premises or Building  Improvements  to the
Office  Building made by either party shall remain upon and be surrendered  with
the  Premises  as a part  thereof at the end of the Lease  Term,  except that if
Tenant is not in  default  under  this  Lease,  Tenant  shall  have the right to
remove,  prior to the  expiration  of the Lease  Term,  all  movable  furniture,
furnishings  and  equipment  installed in the Premises  solely at the expense of
Tenant.  All damage and injury to the Premises or the Office  Building caused by
such removal  shall be repaired by Tenant,  at Tenant's  sole  expense.  If such
property  of  Tenant  is not  removed  by  Tenant  prior  to the  expiration  or
termination  of this Lease,  the same shall  become the property of Landlord and
shall be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof.

                                    ARTICLE X
                                    ---------
                              SIGNS AND FURNISHINGS
                              ---------------------

          10.1 Other  than the  Office  Building  standard  signage  identifying
Tenant (which is to be provided and installed by Landlord) on the Premises entry
door, no sign,  advertisement  or notice referring to Tenant shall be inscribed,
painted,  affixed or  otherwise  displayed  on any part of the  exterior  or the
interior of the Office Building,  except on the directories and the doors of the
offices and such other areas as are  designated  by  Landlord,  and then only in
such place,  number,  size, color and style as are approved by Landlord.  All of
Tenant's  signs that are approved by Landlord  shall be installed by Landlord at
Tenant's  cost and expense.  If any sign,  advertisement  or notice that has not
been  approved by Landlord is exhibited or installed by Tenant,  Landlord  shall
have the right to remove the same at Tenant's  expense.  Landlord shall have the
right to prohibit any  advertisement  of or by Tenant which in its opinion tends
to impair  the  reputation  of the  Office  Building  or its  desirability  as a
high-quality  office  building and, upon written  notice from  Landlord,  Tenant
shall immediately refrain from and discontinue any such advertisement.  Landlord
reserves  the right to affix,  install and  display  signs,  advertisements  and
notices on any part of the exterior or interior of the Office Building.

          10.2  Landlord  shall  have the  right to  prescribe  the  weight  and
position of safes and other heavy  equipment and fixtures,  which, if considered
necessary by the Landlord, shall be installed in such manner as Landlord directs
in order to distribute their weight adequately.  Any and all damage or injury to
the Premises or the Office Building caused by moving the property of Tenant into
or out of the Premises, or due to the same being in or upon the Premises,  shall
be repaired by and at the sole cost of Tenant. No furniture,  equipment or other
bulky matter of any  description  will be received  into the Office  Building or
carried in the elevators except as approved by Landlord, and all such furniture,
equipment and other bulky matter shall be delivered  only through the designated
delivery  entrance of the Office Building and the designated  freight  elevator.
All  moving  of  furniture,   equipment  and  other  materials  shall  be  under
supervision of Landlord,  who shall not, however,  be responsible for any damage
to or charges for moving the same.  Tenant  agrees to remove  promptly  from the
sidewalks adjacent to the Office Building any of Tenant's  furniture,  equipment
or other material there delivered or deposited.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,
Tenant may move into and out of the Office Building on weekend days (Saturday or
Sunday) at no additional  charge to Tenant so long as such moves do not exceed a
total of sixteen (16) hours of Landlord's  supervision time. In the event Tenant
requires more than sixteen (16) hours, Tenant agrees to pay for the cost of such
supervision  time in accordance with  Landlord's then current  schedule of costs
and assessments for such supervision time.

                                       55


<PAGE>

                                       11

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                   ----------
                               TENANT'S EQUIPMENT
                               ------------------

          11.1  Tenant  will  not  install  or  operate  in  the   Premises  any
 electrically  operated equipment or machinery that operates on greater than 110
 volt power,  except as may be specified in Exhibit B attached  hereto,  without
 first obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord,  which consent shall not
 be  unreasonably  withheld.  It  shall  not be  unreasonable  for  Landlord  to
 condition  such  consent  upon the  payment  by  Tenant of  additional  rent in
 compensation  for the excess  consumption of electricity or other utilities and
 for the cost of any  additional  wiring or apparatus  that may be occasioned by
 the  operation  of such  equipment or  machinery.  Tenant shall not install any
 equipment  of any type or nature  that  will or may  necessitate  any  changes,
 replacements  or  additions  to, or in the use of,  the water  system,  heating
 system,  plumbing system,  air-conditioning  system or electrical system of the
 Premises or the Office  Building,  without  first  obtaining  the prior written
 consent of Landlord.  Business machines and mechanical  equipment  belonging to
 Tenant which cause noise or vibration  that maybe  transmitted to the structure
 of the  Office  Building  or to any  space  therein  to such a degree  as to be
 objectionable  to  Landlord  or to any tenant in the Office  Building  shall be
 installed  and  maintained  by  Tenant,  at  Tenant's  expense,   on  vibration
 eliminators or other devices sufficient to reduce such noise and vibration to a
 level satisfactory to Landlord.

                                   ARTICLE XII
                                   -----------
                             INSPECTION BY LANDLORD
                             ----------------------

         12.1 Tenant will permit Landlord, or its agents or representatives,  to
enter the Premises,  without charge therefor to Landlord and without  diminution
of the rent payable by Tenant, to examine,  inspect and protect the Premises and
the Office  Building,  to make such  alterations,  including  alterations to the
electrical and telephone systems in the building,  and/or repairs as in the sole
judgment  of  Landlord  may be  deemed  necessary,  or to  exhibit  the  same to
prospective  tenants during the last one hundred eighty ( 180) days of the Lease
Term. In connection  with such entry,  Landlord  shall  endeavor to minimize the
disruption  to  Tenant's  use of the  Premises  and,  except  in  the  event  of
emergency, shall enter at reasonable times after not less than one (1) day prior
notice to Tenant.

                                  ARTICLE XIII
                                  ------------
                                    INSURANCE
                                    ---------

          13.1  Without the prior written consent of Landlord,  Tenant shall not
conduct or permit to be conducted  any  activity,  or place any  equipment in or
about the  Premises or the Office  Building,  which will in any way increase the
rate of fire  insurance  or  other  insurance  on the  Office  Building.  If any
increase  in the rate of fire  insurance  or other  insurance  is  stated by any
insurance company or by the applicable  Insurance Rating Bureau to be due to any
activity or equipment of Tenant in or about the Premises or the Office Building,
such  statement  shall be conclusive  evidence that the increase in such rate is
due to such  activity or  equipment  and, as a result  thereof,  Tenant shall be
liable for the amount of such increase. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such
amount  within  thirty (30) days of written  demand from  Landlord  and such sum
shall be considered additional rent payable hereunder.

          13.2  Throughout  the Lease Term,  Tenant  shall  obtain and  maintain
 public liability insurance in a company or companies licensed to do business in
 the  Commonwealth  of Virginia and  reasonably  approved by the Landlord.  Said
 insurance shall be in minimum amounts reasonably approved by Landlord from time
 to time and  shall  name  Landlord  as an  additional  insured  thereunder.  In
 addition,  if  requested  by the holder of any  mortgage (as defined in Section
 21.1 ) against  the  Office  Building,  said  insurance  shall  also  include a
 standard mortgagee loss payable  endorsement for the benefit of such holder. No
 later than the Lease  Commencement  Date,  Tenant shall obtain public liability
 insurance in minimum amounts of five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000.00) for
 injury to one (1) person,  two million  dollars  ($2,000,000.00)  for injury to
 more than one (1) person and five hundred  thousand dollars  ($500,000.00)  for
 damage to property.  Each such policy shall contain an endorsement  prohibiting
 cancellation  or reduction of coverage  without first giving  Landlord  fifteen
 (15) days' prior written notice of such proposed  action.  Receipts  evidencing
 payment of the premium for such  insurance  shall be  delivered by Tenant on or
 before the Lease  Commencement  Date and, if requested  by  Landlord,  at least
 annually thereafter.

         13.3 Tenant and  Landlord  hereby waive and release each other from any
and all liabilities, claims and losses

                                       56


<PAGE>

                                       12

for which  either  party is or may be held  liable to the  extent  either  party
receives insurance proceeds on account thereof.


         13.4  Landlord  and Tenant  each  waive any and all rights of  recovery
against the other for any loss or damage occasioned to such waiving party or its
property  or the  property  of others  under its control to the extent that such
loss or damage is insured against under any first or extended coverage insurance
policy which  either may have in force at the time of such loss or damage.  Each
party shall obtain any special  endorsement,  if available at no additional cost
and if required by its insurer,  to evidence  compliance with the aforementioned
waiver.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                   ----------
                             SERVICES AND UTILITIES
                             ----------------------

         14.1 Landlord shall furnish to the Premises year-round  ventilation and
air-conditioning  and  heat  during  the  seasons  when  they are  required,  as
determined in Landlord's  reasonable  judgment and as are consistent  with other
similar office buildings in the Fairfax County area. Landlord shall also provide
reasonably  adequate char and janitorial service after 6:00 PM on Monday through
Friday only (excluding  legal holidays) and shall provide  semi-annual  exterior
window cleaning, as determined in Landlord's sole but not unreasonable judgment,
and in accordance  with standards  customarily  provided in  first-class  office
buildings  in the Fairfax  County  area.  Landlord  will also  provide  elevator
service;  provided,  however,  that  Landlord  shall  have the  right to  remove
elevators from service as may be required for moving  freight,  or for servicing
or maintaining the elevators and/or the Office Building.  Except in the event of
emergency, at least one elevator cab shall be available for use by Tenant at all
times.  The normal hours of operation of the Office  Building will be 8:00 AM to
6:00 PM on Monday through Friday (except legal holidays), and 9:00 AM to 1:00 PM
on Saturday (except legal holidays).  There will be no normal hours of operation
of Office  Building on Sundays or legal  holidays and the Landlord  shall not be
obligated to maintain or operate the Office  Building on such days at such times
unless  special  arrangements  are made by Tenant.  The services  and  utilities
required to be furnished by Landlord,  other than electricity and water, will be
provided  only  during the normal  hours of  operation  of the Office  Building,
except as  otherwise  specified  herein.  It is agreed  that if Tenant  requires
air-conditioning  or heat beyond  normal  hours of operation  set forth  herein,
Landlord  will  furnish such  air-conditioning  or heat,  provided  Tenant gives
Landlord's  agent not less than one (1)  business  days advance  notice  of such
requirement  and  Tenant  agrees to pay for the cost of such  extra  service  in
accordance with  Landlord's  then current  schedule of costs and assessments for
such extra service.

         14.2  Pursuant  to  Exhibit B attached  hereto and made a part  hereof,
Landlord shall provide one individual supplemental  air-conditioning unit on the
roof of the Office  Building to serve  Tenant's  computer  room in Part A of the
Premises.  Landlord  shall  install  an  electric  submeter  for the  purpose of
determining the amount of electrical  consumption of such air-conditioning unit.
Tenant  hereby  agrees  to pay as  additional  rent  the  cost  of all  electric
consumption  which is recorded on the electric  submeter within thirty (30) days
of receipt of an invoice from Landlord.

         14.3 It is  understood  and  agreed  that  Landlord  shall not have any
liability to Tenant whatsoever as a result of Landlord's failure or inability to
furnish any of the  utilities  or services  required to be furnished by Landlord
hereunder,   whether   resulting  from  breakdown,   removal  from  service  for
maintenance or repairs,  strikes,  scarcity of labor or materials,  acts of God,
governmental  requirements or from any other cause  whatsoever  unless caused by
Landlord's gross  negligence.  It is  further  agreed  that any such  failure or
inability to furnish the utilities or services  required  hereunder shall not be
considered an eviction, actual or constructive, of the Tenant from the Premises,
and shall not entitle  Tenant to terminate  this Lease or to an abatement of any
rent  payable  hereunder.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in the event Tenant
cannot conduct its operations in the Premises as a result of Landlord's  failure
or inability to furnish any such utility or service  required to be furnished by
Landlord hereunder and such failure or inability is within Landlord's reasonable
control,  then  Tenant  shall be  entitled  to rental  abatement  for the period
commencing on the sixth (6th) business day after such lack of utility or service
until the date on which the utility or service is restored.

         14.4  The  parties  hereto  agree to  comply  with  all  mandatory  and
voluntary energy  conservation  controls and  requirements  applicable to office
buildings  that are imposed or  instituted  by the Federal,  Virginia or Fairfax
County governments,  including,  without  limitation,  controls on the permitted
range  of   temperature   settings  in  office   buildings,   and   requirements
necessitating  curtailment  of the volume of energy  consumption or the hours of
operation of the Office  Building.  Any terms or  conditions  of this Lease that
conflict or interfere with compliance with such controls or

                                       57


<PAGE>

                                       13

requirements   shall  be  suspended   for  the  duration  of  such  controls  or
requirements.  It is  further  agreed  that  compliance  with such  controls  or
requirements shall not be considered an eviction, actual or constructive, of the
Tenant from the Premises and shall not entitle Tenant to terminate this Lease or
to an abatement of any rent payable hereunder.


                                   ARTICLE XV
                                   ----------
                              LIABILITY OF LANDLORD
                              ---------------------

         15.1 Landlord  shall not be liable to Tenant,  its  employees,  agents,
business invitees,  licensees,  customers, clients, family members or guests for
any damage,  injury, loss,  compensation or claim,  including but not limited to
claims for the interruption of or loss to Tenant's  business,  based on, arising
out of or resulting from any cause  whatsoever, including but not limited to the
following:  repairs to any  portion  of the  Premises  or the  Office  Building;
interruption in the use of the Premises,  and accident or damage  resulting from
the use or  operation  (by  Landlord,  Tenant or any other person or persons) of
elevators,  or of the  heating,  cooling,  electrical  or plumbing  equipment or
apparatus;  the  termination  of this Lease by reason of the  destruction of the
Premises  or  the  Office  Building;  any  fire,  robbery,   theft,   mysterious
disappearance and/or any other casualty; the actions of any other tenants of the
Office  Building or of any other person or persons;  and any leakage in any part
or portion of the  Premises or the Office  Building,  or from  drains,  pipes or
plumbing  fixtures  in the Office  Building.  Any goods,  property  or  personal
effects stored or placed by the Tenant or its employees in or about the Premises
or Office  Building  shall be at the sole risk of the Tenant,  and the  Landlord
shall not in any manner be held responsible therefore. It is understood that the
employees of the Landlord are  prohibited  from  receiving any packages or other
articles  delivered to the Office Building for Tenant,  and if any such employee
receives  any such  package or articles,  such  employee  shall be acting as the
agent of the  Tenant  for such  purposes  and not as the agent of the  Landlord.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing  provisions of this Section 15.1. Landlord  shall
not be released from  liability to Tenant for any damage or injury caused by the
gross negligence or willful  misconduct of Landlord or its employees;  provided,
however,  in no event shall Landlord have any liability to Tenant for any claims
based on the interruption of or loss to Tenant's business.

         15.2 Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord  harmless from
and against all costs,  damages,  claims,  liabilities  and expenses  (including
attorney's  fees)  suffered  by  or  claimed  against   Landlord,   directly  or
indirectly,  based on,  arising out of or resulting  from,  (i) Tenant's use and
occupancy of the Premises or the business conducted by Tenant therein,  (ii) any
act or omission by Tenant or its  employees,  agents or  invitees,  or (iii) any
breach or default by Tenant in the performance or observance of its covenants or
obligations under this Lease.

         15.3 In the event that at any time Landlord  shall sell or transfer the
Office Building, provided the purchaser or transferee assumes the obligations of
the Landlord hereunder,  the Landlord named herein shall not be liable to Tenant
for any  obligations  or  liabilities  based  on or  arising  out of  events  or
conditions occurring on or after the date of such sale or transfer. Furthermore,
Tenant agrees to attorn to any such  purchaser or transferee  upon all the terms
and conditions of this Lease.

         15.4 In the event that at any time during the Lease Term  Tenant  shall
have a claim against the Landlord. Tenant shall not have the right to deduct the
amount  allegedly owed to Tenant from any rent or other sums payable to Landlord
hereunder,  it being  understood  that Tenant's sole remedy for recovering  upon
such claims shall be to institute an independent action against Landlord.

         15.5 Tenant agrees that in the event Tenant is awarded a money judgment
against Landlord, Tenant's sole recourse for satisfaction of such judgment shall
be limited to execution against the interest of Landlord in the Office Building.
In no event  shall any other  assets of  Landlord  or any officer or director of
Landlord  or any  other  person  be held  to have  any  personal  liability  for
satisfaction of any claims or judgments that Tenant may have against Landlord.

                                   ARTICLE XVI
                                   -----------
                              RULES AND REGULATIONS
                              ---------------------

         16.1 Tenant and its agents, employees, invitees, licensees,  customers,
clients,  family  members,  guests and permitted  subtenants  shall at all times
abide by and observe the rules and regulations  attached hereto as Exhibit C. In
addition,  Tenant and its agents,  employees,  invitees,  licensees,  customers,
clients, family members, guests and

                                       58


<PAGE>

                                       14

permitted  subtenants  shall abide by and observe all other rules or regulations
that Landlord may reasonably  promulgate from time to time for the operation and
maintenance  of the Office  Building,  provided that notice  thereof is given to
Tenant and such rules and regulations are not  inconsistent  with the provisions
of this Lease.  Nothing  contained  in this Lease shall be construed as imposing
upon Landlord any duty or obligation to enforce such rules and  regulations,  or
the terms, conditions,  covenants  contained in any other lease,  as against any
other  tenant,  and Landlord  shall not be liable to Tenant for the violation of
such rules or regulations by any other tenant or its employees, agents, business
invitees, licensees,  customers, clients, family members or guests provided that
nothing contained herein shall be discriminatory against Tenant. If there is any
inconsistency  between  this  Lease and the Rules and  Regulations  set forth in
Exhibit C, this Lease shall govern.


                                  ARTICLE XVII
                                  ------------
                              DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION
                              ---------------------

          17.1 If during the Lease Term. the Premises or the Office Building are
totally or partially damaged or destroyed from any cause,  thereby rendering the
Premises  totally or  substantially  inaccessible  or unusable,  Landlord  shall
diligently  (taking into account the time necessary to effectuate a satisfactory
settlement with any insurance  company involved) restore and repair the Premises
and the Office Building to  substantially  the same condition they were in prior
to such damage;  provided,  however, if the damage or destruction was not caused
by Tenant,  its  employees,  invitees,  licensees,  customers,  clients,  family
members,  guests or  permitted  subtenants  and if the repairs  and  restoration
cannot be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the occurrence of
such  damage or  destruction,  including  the time needed for removal of debris,
preparation of plans and issuance of all required governmental permits. Landlord
or Tenant shall have the right to terminate  this Lease by giving written notice
of  termination  to the  other  party  within  forty-five  (45)  days  after the
occurrence of such damage.  In the event the damage or destruction was caused by
Tenant, its employees, invitees, licensees,  customers, clients, family members,
guests or permitted  subtenants,  Landlord  shall  have the  right,  at its sole
option,  to terminate  this Lease by giving  written  notice of  termination  to
Tenant  within  forty-five  (45) days  after the  occurrence  of such  damage or
destruction. If this Lease is terminated pursuant to the preceding sentence, all
rent  payable  hereunder  shall  be  apportioned  and  paid  to the  date of the
occurrence of such damage.  If this Lease is not  terminated as a result of such
damage,  and provided  that such damage was not caused by the act or omission of
Tenant,  or any of its  employees,  agents,  licensees,  subtenants,  customers,
clients,  family  members or guests,  until the  repair and  restoration  of the
Premises is completed  Tenant shall be required to pay base rent and  additional
rent only for that part of the Premises that Tenant is able to use while repairs
are being made, based on the ratio that the amount of usable rentable area bears
to the total  rentable area in the Premises.  Landlord  shall bear the costs and
expenses of repairing and restoring the Premises,  except that if such damage or
destruction  was  caused  by  the  act  or  omission  of  Tenant,  or any of its
employees, agents, licensees, subtenants,  customers, clients, family members or
guests,  upon  written  demand from  Landlord,  Tenant shall pay to Landlord the
amount by which such costs and expenses exceed the insurance  proceeds,  if any,
received by Landlord on account of such damage or destruction.

          17.2 If Landlord  repairs  and  restores  the  Premises as provided in
Section  17.1,   Landlord  shall not be  required  to  repair  or  restore   any
decorations,  alterations or improvements to the Premises  previously made by or
at the expense of the Tenant or any trade  figures,  furnishings,  equipment  or
personal property belonging to Tenant. It shall be Tenant's sole  responsibility
to repair and restore all such items.

         17.3 Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained herein, if the
Office  Building is damaged or  destroyed  from any cause to such an extent that
the costs of repairing  and  restoring  the Office  Building  would exceed fifty
percent (50%) of the replacement  value of the Office  Building,  whether or not
the Premises are damaged or  destroyed,  Landlord or Tenant shall have the right
to  terminate  this Lease by written  notice to the other  party,  provided  the
leases of all other  tenants in the Office  Building are  similarly  terminated.
This right of termination shall be in addition to any other right of termination
provided in this Lease.

                                       59


<PAGE>

                                       15

                                 ARTICLE XVIII
                                 -------------
                                  CONDEMNATION
                                  ------------

         18.1 If the whole or a substantial part (as hereinafter defined) of the
Premises,  or the use or occupancy of the Premises,  shall be taken or condemned
by  any  governmental  or   quasi-governmental   authority  for  any  public  or
quasi-public  use or purpose  (including a sale  thereof  under threat of such a
taking), then this Lease shall terminate on the date title thereto vests in such
governmental or quasi-governmental authority, and all rent payable hereunder
shall be apportioned as of such date. If less than a substantial part of the
Premises, or the use or occupancy  thereof,  is taken or condemned by any
governmental  or quasi-governmental  authority  for any  public or  quasi-public
use or  purpose (including  a sale  thereof  under  threat of such a taking),
this Lease  shall continue  in full  force  and  effect,  but the base  rent and
additional  rent thereafter  payable  hereunder shall be equitably  adjusted (on
the basis of the ratio of the number of square feet of rentable area taken to
the total  rentable area in the  Premises  prior to such a taking) as of the
date title vests in the governmental or quasi-governmental authority. For
purposes of this Section 18.1, a substantial  part of the Premises shall be
considered to have been taken if more than  one-third  (1/3) of the Premises is
rendered  unusable as a result of such taking.

         18.2 All awards,  damages and other compensation paid by the condemning
authority  on account of such taking or  condemnation  (or sale under  threat of
such a taking) shall belong to Landlord,  and Tenant hereby  assigns to Landlord
all rights to such awards,  damages and compensation.  Tenant agrees not to make
any claim  against the Landlord or the  condemning  authority for any portion of
such award or compensation attributable to damages to the Premises, the value of
the  unexpired  term of this Lease,  the loss of profits or goodwill,  leasehold
improvements or severance  damages.  Nothing  contained herein,  however,  shall
prevent Tenant from pursuing a separate  claim against the condemning  authority
for the value of  furnishings,  equipment  and trade  fixtures  installed in the
Premises at Tenant's  expense and for  relocation  expenses,  provided that such
claim  does not in any way  diminish  the award or  compensation  payable  to or
recoverable by Landlord in connection with such taking or condemnation.

                                   ARTICLE XIX
                                   -----------
                                DEFAULT BY TENANT
                                -----------------

         19.1 The occurrence of any of the following shall  constitute a default
by Tenant under this Lease:

           (a) If  Tenant  shall  fail to pay an  installment  of  base  rent or
               additional rent when due, or shall fail to pay when due any other
               payment required by this Lease within five (5) days of receipt of
               written notice from Landlord of such failure to pay.

           (b) If Tenant  shall  violate  or fail to  perform  any  other  term,
               condition,  covenant or  agreement to be performed or observed by
               Tenant under this Lease and such  violation or failure to perform
               is not  corrected  within  ten (10)  days of  receipt  of written
               notice from Landlord to cure such violation or failure to perform
               unless  Tenant has  commenced  and is proceeding to diligently to
               cure such  default so long as such  default  does not  negatively
               affect the Landlord,  the operation of the Office Building or any
               of the other tenants of the Office Building.

           (c) If Tenant shall abandon the Premises.

           (d) An Event of Bankruptcy as defined in Article 20.1.

          19.2 If Tenant shall be in default  under this Lease,  Landlord  shall
have the right,  at its sole option,  to terminate  this Lease.  With or without
terminating this Lease, Landlord may re-enter and take possession of the
Premises and the  provisions of this Article XIX shall  operate as a notice to
quit,  any other notice to quit or of Landlord's  intention to re-enter the
Premises  being hereby  expressly  waived.  If  necessary,   Landlord  may
proceed  to  recover possession of the Premises  under and by virtue of the laws
of the  Commonwealth of Virginia, or by such other proceedings, including
re-entry and possession, as may be  applicable.  If Landlord  elects to
terminate  this  Lease,  everything contained in this Lease on the part of
Landlord to be done and  performed  shall cease  without  prejudice,  however,
to the right of Landlord  to recover  from Tenant all rent and other sums
accrued up to the time of termination

                                       60


<PAGE>

                                       16

or recovery of possession by Landlord,  whichever is later.  Whether or not this
Lease is terminated by reason of Tenant's default,  the Premises may be relet by
Landlord  for such rent and upon such  terms as are not  unreasonable  under the
circumstances  and, if the full rental provided herein plus the costs,  expenses
and damages hereafter described shall not be realized by Landlord,  Tenant shall
be liable for all damages sustained by Landlord,  including, without limitation,
deficiency  in base  rent  and  additional  rent,  reasonable  attorney's  fees,
brokerage  fees, and the expenses of placing the Premises in rentable  condition
similar to the  condition of the Premises on the Lease  Commencement  Date.  Any
damages or loss of rent  sustained by Landlord may be recovered by Landlord,  at
Landlord's  option, at the time of the reletting,  or in separate actions,  from
time to time, as said damage shall have been made more easily  ascertainable  by
successive  relettings,  or, at  Landlord's  option,  may be deferred  until the
expiration of the Lease Term, in which event Tenant hereby agrees that the cause
of action shall not be deemed to have accrued  until the date of  expiration  of
the Lease  Term.  The  provisions  contained  in this  Section  19.2 shall be in
addition to, and shall not prevent the  enforcement  of, any claim  Landlord may
have against Tenant for anticipatory breach of this Lease.


         19.3 All  rights  and  remedies  of  Landlord  set forth  herein are in
addition to all other  rights and  remedies  available  to Landlord at law or in
equity.  All rights and remedies available to Landlord hereunder or at law or in
equity are expressly declared to be cumulative.  The exercise by Landlord of any
such right or remedy shall not prevent the concurrent or subsequent  exercise of
any other right or remedy.  No delay in the  enforcement or exercise of any such
right or remedy shall  constitute a waiver of any default by Tenant hereunder or
of any of Landlord's rights or remedies in connection therewith.  Landlord shall
not be deemed to have waived any default by Tenant  hereunder unless such waiver
is set forth in a written  instrument signed by Landlord.  If Landlord waives in
writing any default by Tenant, such waiver shall not be construed as a waiver of
any covenant,  condition,  or agreement set forth in this Lease except as to the
specific circumstances described in such written waiver.

          19.4 If Landlord  shall  institute  proceedings  against  Tenant and a
 compromise or settlement thereof shall be made, the same shall not constitute a
 waiver of the same or of any other  covenant,  condition or agreement set forth
 herein,  nor of any of  Landlord's  rights  hereunder.  Neither  the payment by
 Tenant of a lesser amount than the  installments of base rent,  additional rent
 or of any sums due hereunder nor any  endorsement  or statement on any check or
 letter accompanying a check for payment of rent or other sums payable hereunder
 shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction,  and Landlord may accept such check
 or payment without prejudice to Landlord's right to recover the balance of such
 rent or other sums or to pursue any other  remedy  available  to  Landlord.  No
 re-entry by Landlord,  and no acceptance by Landlord of keys from Tenant, shall
 be considered an acceptance of a surrender of this Lease.

          19.5 If Tenant  defaults  in the making of any payment or in the doing
of any act herein required to be made or done by Tenant,  then Landlord may, but
shall not be required to, make such  payment or do such act. If Landlord  elects
to make such payment or do such act, all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord
plus interest  thereon at the rate per annum which is two (2) percentage  points
higher than the rate of interest  announced  from time to time by NationsBank as
being its "prime  rate"  (hereandafter  referred  to as the  "NationsBank  Prime
Rate") from the date paid by Landlord to the date of payment  thereof by Tenant,
shall be immediately paid by Tenant to Landlord;  provided however, that nothing
contained herein shall be construed as permitting  Landlord to charge or receive
interest in excess of the maximum  legal rate then allowed by law. The taking of
such action by Landlord  shall not be  considered  as a cure of such  default by
Tenant or prevent Landlord from pursuing any remedy it is otherwise  entitled to
in connection with such default.

         19.6 If Tenant fails to make any payment of base rent or of  additional
rent on or before the date such payment is due and payable,  Tenant shall pay to
Landlord a late charge of five  percent (5%) of the amount of such  payment.  In
addition, in the event payment is not made within thirty (30) days and/or occurs
more than once in any twelve (12) month period, such payment shall bear interest
at the rate  per  annum  which  is two (2)  percentage  points  higher  than the
NationsBank  Prime  Rate from the date such  payment  became  due to the date of
payment thereof by Tenant;  provided,  however,  that nothing  contained  herein
shall be  construed  as  permitting  Landlord  to charge or receive  interest in
excess of the  maximum  legal  rate then  allowed by law.  Such late  charge and
interest shall  constitute  additional  rent due and payable  hereunder with the
next installment of base rent due hereunder.

          19.7 At any time after a default  by Tenant  hereunder,  and  Tenant's
failure to cure the default in accordance with Section 19.1,  Landlord may seize
and take possession of any and all personal property and equipment belonging to

                                       61


<PAGE>

                                       17

Tenant  which may be found in and upon the  Premises.  If Tenant fails to redeem
the  personal  property  and  equipment  so  seized by  payment  of all sums due
Landlord under and by virtue of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right, after
forty-five (45) days' written notice to Tenant,  to sell such personal  property
and  equipment  so  seized at public  or  private  sale and upon such  terms and
conditions  as to  Landlord  may appear  advantageous.  After the payment of all
proper charges  incident to such sale, the proceeds  thereof shall be applied to
the payment of any and all sums due to Landlord  pursuant to this Lease.  In the
event there shall be any surplus  remaining after the payment of all sums due to
Landlord, such surplus shall be paid over to Tenant.


                                   ARTICLE XX
                                   ----------
                                   BANKRUPTCY
                                   ----------

         20.1 The following shall be Events of Bankruptcy under this Lease:

          (a)Tenant's becoming insolvent, as that term is defined in Title 11 of
the United States Code (the "Bankruptcy  Code"), or under the insolvency laws of
any  state,  district,  commonwealth  or  territory  of the United  States  (the
"Insolvency Laws");

          (b) The  appointment  of a  receiver  or  custodian  for any or all of
Tenant's property or assets, or the institution of a foreclosure action upon any
of Tenant's real or personal property;

          (c) The filing of a  voluntary  petition under the  provisions  of the
Bankruptcy code or Insolvency Laws;

          (d) The filing of an involuntary petition against Tenant as the
subject debtor under the Bankruptcy Code or Insolvency  Laws,  which either,
(i) is not dismissed within thirty (30) days of filing,  or (ii) results in the
issuance of an order for relief against the debtor; or

          (e) Tenant's making or consenting to an assignment  for the benefit of
creditors or a common law composition of creditors.

          20.2(a) Upon occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy, Landlord shall have
all rights and remedies  available to Landlord pursuant to Article XIX: provided
that while a case in which  Tenant is the subject  debtor  under the  Bankruptcy
Code is  pending  and only for so long as Tenant or its  Trustee  in  Bankruptcy
(hereinafter  referred to as "Trustee") is in compliance  with the provisions of
Sections 20.2(b), (c) and (d) below,  Landlord shall not exercise its rights and
remedies pursuant to Article XIX.

          (b) [n the event Tenant  becomes the subject  debtor in a case pending
under the Bankruptcy Code.  Landlord's right to terminate this Lease pursuant to
Section  20.2(a)  shall be  subject to the rights of Trustee to assume or assign
this  Lease.  Trustee  shall not have the right to assume or assign  this  Lease
unless  Trustee  promptly,  (i)  cures  all  defaults  under  this  Lease,  (ii)
compensates Landlord for monetary damages incurred as a result of such defaults,
and (iii)  provides  adequate  assurance  of future  performance  on the part of
Tenant as debtor in possession or on the part of the assignee tenant.

         (c) Landlord and Tenant hereby agree in advance that adequate assurance
of future performance,  as used in Section 20.2(b) above, shall mean that all of
the following  minimum  criteria must be met: (i) Tenant's gross receipts in the
ordinary  course of  business  during  the thirty  (30) day  period  immediately
preceding the initiation of the case under the Bankruptcy  Code must be at least
two (2) times greater than the next monthly  installment of annual base rent and
additional  rent due under  this  Lease;  (ii) Both the  average  and  median of
Tenant's  gross receipts in the ordinary  course of business  during the six (6)
month  period  immediately  preceding  the  initiation  of the  case  under  the
Bankruptcy  Code must be at least two (2) times  greater  than the next  monthly
installment of annual base rent and additional rent due under this Lease;  (iii)
Tenant  must  pay its  estimated  pro rata  share  of the  cost of all  services
provided by Landlord  (whether  directly or through  agents or  contractors  and
whether or not previously  included as part of the annual base rent), in advance
of the  performance or provision of such services;  (iv) Trustee must agree that
Tenant's  business  shall be  conducted  in a first  class  manner,  and that no
liquidating sales,  auctions, or other non-first class business operations shall
be  conducted  on the  premises;  (v)  Trustee  must  agree  that the use of the
Premises as stated in this Lease will

                                       62


<PAGE>

                                       18

remain  unchanged  and that no prohibited  use shall be permitted;  (vi) Trustee
must agree that the  assumption  or assignment of this Lease will not violate or
affect the rights of other  tenants in the Office  Building;  (vii) Trustee must
pay to Landlord at the time the next monthly  installment of annual base rent is
due under this Lease,  in addition to such  installment  of annual base rent, an
amount equal to the monthly installments of annual base rent and additional rent
due under this Lease for the next six months under this Lease, said amount to be
held by  Landlord  in escrow  until  either  Trustee or Tenant  defaults  in its
payment of rent or other obligations under this Lease (whereupon  Landlord shall
have the right to draw on such escrowed  funds) or until the  expiration of this
Lease  (whereupon the funds shall be returned to Trustee or Tenant);  and (viii)
Tenant  or  Trustee  must  agree  to pay to  Landlord  at any time  Landlord  is
authorized  to and does draw on the  escrow  account  the  amount  necessary  to
restore  such  escrow   account  to  the  original  level  required  by  Section
20.2(c)(vii).


         (d) In the event  Tenant  is unable  to,  (i) cure its  defaults,  (ii)
reimburse  the Landlord for its monetary  damages,  (iii) pay the rent due under
this Lease and all other  payments  required of Tenant  under this Lease on time
(or  within  five (5) days of the due  date)  or,  (iv)  meet the  criteria  and
obligations  imposed by Section 20.2(c) above.  Tenant agrees in advance that it
has not met its burden to prove adequate  assurance of future  performance,  and
this Lease may be  terminated  by Landlord in  accordance  with Section  20.2(a)
above.

                                   ARTICLE XXI
                                   -----------
                                  SUBORDINATION
                                  -------------

         21.1 This Lease is subject and  subordinate  to the lien of any and all
mortgages (which term "mortgages"  shall include both construction and permanent
financing  and shall include  deeds of trust and similar  security  instruments)
which  may now  encumber  the  Office  Building,  and to all  and any  renewals,
extensions,  modifications,  recastings or refinancing thereof. This Lease shall
also be subject and  subordinate to the lien of, (i) any new first mortgage that
hereafter  may  encumber  the  Office  Building,  and (ii) any  second or junior
mortgages that may hereafter  encumber the Office Building,  provided the holder
of the first  mortgage  consents  to such  subordination.  At any time after the
execution  of this  Lease,  the  holder of any  mortgage  to which this Lease is
subordinate  shall have the right to declare  this Lease to be  superior  to the
lien of such  mortgage and Tenant  agrees to execute all  documents  required by
such holder in confirmation thereof.

         21.2 In confirmation of the foregoing  subordination,  Tenant shall, at
Landlord's request, promptly execute any requisite or appropriate certificate or
other  document  within ten ( 10)  business  days of receipt of request.  In the
event Tenant fails to execute any such certificate or other document within said
ten (10) day period. Tenant hereby constitutes and appoints Landlord as Tenant's
attorney-in-fact  to execute any such  certificate  or other  document for or on
behalf of Tenant.  Tenant agrees that in the event any  proceedings  are brought
for the  foreclosure of any mortgage  encumbering  the Office  Building,  Tenant
shall attorn  to the purchaser at such foreclosure  sale, if requested to do so
by such purchaser, and shall recognize such purchaser as the Landlord under this
Lease,  and Tenant  waives the  provisions of any statute or rule of law, now or
hereafter  in  effect,  which may give or  purport  to give  Tenant any right to
terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of Tenant
hereunder  in the  event  any  such  foreclosure  proceeding  is  prosecuted  or
completed.

         21.3  Landlord  agrees to use  reasonable  efforts  to obtain  from the
current holder of the first  mortgage or deed of trust on the Office  Building a
Subordination,  Non-Disturbance  and  Attornment  Agreement on such  mortgagee's
standard form which  provides that, in the event of foreclosure or a transfer in
lieu thereof,  Tenant will not be disturbed in its possession so long as: (a) no
uncured  default  after the applicable grace period (if any) has occurred on the
part of Tenant  under this Lease,  and (b) Tenant  attorns to the  purchaser  or
transferee  as  landlord  under this  Lease,  in which  case this  Lease  shall,
notwithstanding  the  foreclosure or transfer in lieu thereof,  continue in full
force and  effect  upon and  subject  to all terms,  conditions,  covenants  and
agreements of this Lease.

                                  ARTICLE XXII
                                  ------------
                                  HOLDING OVER
                                  ------------

         22.1 In the event  that  Tenant  shall not  immediately  surrender  the
Premises on the date of the expiration of the Lease Term,  Tenant shall become a
Tenant by the month at a monthly rent equal to one and one-half (1.5) times the

                                       63


<PAGE>

                                       19

sum of the base rent and all additional  rent in effect during the last month of
the Lease Term.  Said monthly  tenancy shall commence on the first day following
the expiration of the Lease Term. As a monthly  tenant,  Tenant shall be subject
to all the terms,  conditions,  covenants and  agreements of this Lease.  Tenant
shall  give to  Landlord  at least  thirty  (30)  days'  written  notice  of any
intention  to quit the  Premises,  and Tenant  shall be  entitled to thirty (30)
days'  written  notice  to  quit  the  Premises,  unless  Tenant  is in  default
hereunder,  in which event  Tenant  shall not be entitled to any notice to quit,
the usual  thirty  (30) days'  notice to quit  being  hereby  expressly  waived.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 22.1, in the event that
Tenant shall hold over after the  expiration of the Lease Term,  and if Landlord
shall desire to regain  possession of the Premises promptly at the expiration of
the Lease Term,  then at any time prior to  Landlord's  acceptance  of rent from
Tenant as a monthly tenant  hereunder,  Landlord,  at its option,  may forthwith
re-enter and take possession of the Premises  without  process,  or by any legal
process in force in the Commonwealth of Virginia.


                                  ARTICLE XXIII
                                  -------------
                              COVENANTS OF LANDLORD
                              ---------------------

         23.1  Landlord  covenants  that it has the right to make this Lease for
the  term  aforesaid,  and  that if  Tenant  shall  pay all  rent  when  due and
punctually perform ail the covenants,  terms,  conditions and agreements of this
Lease to be performed by Tenant,  Tenant shall,  during the term hereby created,
freely,  peaceably  and  quietly  occupy  and enjoy the full  possession  of the
Premises  without  molestation  or hindrance  by Landlord or any party  claiming
through or under  Landlord,  subject to the  provisions  of Section 23.2 hereof.
Tenant  acknowledges and agrees that its leasehold estate in and to the Premises
vests on the date this Lease is executed,  notwithstanding that the term of this
Lease will not commence until a future date.

         23.2 Landlord  hereby reserves to itself and its successors and assigns
the following  rights (all of which are hereby  consented to by Tenant):  (i) to
change  the  street  address  and/or  name of the  Office  Building  and/or  the
arrangement  and/or  location  of  entrances,   passageways,   doors,  doorways,
corridors,  elevators,  stairs,  toilets,  or other  public  parts of the Office
Building;  (ii) to erect, use and maintain pipes and conduits in and through the
Premises;  and (iii) to grant to  anyone  the  exclusive  right to  conduct  any
particular business or undertaking in the Office Building. Landlord may exercise
any or all of the  foregoing  rights  without  being  deemed  to be guilty of an
eviction,  actual or  constructive,  or a  disturbance  or  interruption  of the
business  of  Tenant  or  of  Tenant's  use  or   occupancy  of  the   Premises.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary,  Landlord's rights shall not adversely
affect Tenant's access to the Office Building or the Premises.

         23.3 Landlord, at its cost, shall install fluorescent light fixtures as
provided in Exhibit B attached hereto and all  replacement  tubes for such light
fixtures; all other bulbs, tubes and lighting fixtures for the Premises shall be
provided and installed by Landlord at Tenant's cost and expense.

         23.4 Landlord shall warrant that, to the best of its actual  knowledge,
no  hazardous  substances  are  located  in,  or under the  Building;  provided,
however, that Landlord hereby advises Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges
that water in the Building  may contain  lead at levels  which are not in
compliance with environmental  laws. Landlord agrees that it shall provide
bottled water to Tenant, its employees  and invitees,  until such time as the
lead in the drinking water of the Office  Building  water  coolers is returned
to levels which comply with environmental  laws. Tenant shall notify and advise
its agents,  employees, invitees,  licensees,  customers,  clients, family
members, guests and permitted subtenants  that the water in the sinks of the
common area  restrooms  is not in compliance with environmental laws and is not
for cooking or consumption.

                                  ARTICLE XXIV
                                  ------------
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS
                               ------------------

         24.1 Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any broker, agent or
employee of Landlord has made any  representations  or promises  with respect to
the Premises or the Office Building except as herein expressly set forth, and no
rights, privileges, easements or licenses are being acquired by Tenant except as
herein expressly set forth.

                                       64


<PAGE>

                                       20

         24.2  Nothing  contained in this Lease shall be construed as creating a
partnership or joint venture of or between Landlord and Tenant, or to create any
other  relationship  between the parties  hereto other than that of Landlord and
Tenant.


         24.3 Landlord recognizes Smithy Braedon and The Rome Group, Inc. as the
sole  brokers  procuring  this  Lease and shall  pay said  brokers a  commission
pursuant to a separate agreement between said brokers and Landlord. Landlord and
Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that,  except as provided  above,
neither  of them has  employed  or dealt  with any  broker,  agent or  finder in
carrying on the negotiations  relating to this Lease. Tenant shall indemnify and
hold  Landlord  harmless  from and against any claim or claims for  brokerage or
other commissions  asserted by any broker,  agent or finder engaged by Tenant or
with whom Tenant has dealt,  other than the brokers named in the first  sentence
of this Section 24.3.

         24.4 Tenant  agrees,  at any time and from time to time,  upon not less
than ten ( 10) business  days' prior  written  notice by  Landlord,  to execute,
acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing,  (i) certifying that
this  Lease is  unmodified  and in full  force and effect (or if there have been
modifications,  that the Lease is in full  force  and  effect  as  modified  and
stating  the  modifications);  (ii)  stating the dates to which the rent and any
other charges hereunder have been paid by Tenant;  (iii) stating whether or not,
to the best  knowledge of Tenant,  Landlord is in default in the  performance of
any  covenant,  agreement  or  condition  contained  in this  Lease,  and if so,
specifying  the nature of such  default;  and (iv)  stating the address to which
notices to Tenant are to be sent. Any such statement  delivered by Tenant may be
relied  upon by any owner of the  Office  Building  or the land upon which it is
situated,  any  prospective  purchaser of the Office  Building or such land, any
mortgagee or  prospective  mortgagee  of the Office  Building or such land or of
Landlord's interest therein, or any prospective assignee of any such mortgagee.

         24.5 In the event that  Landlord  fails to comply with any provision of
this  Lease,  Tenant  shall  take no action of any kind to remedy  such  failure
unless and until Tenant has given both Landlord and the  then-current  holder of
the first deed of trust  secured by the Office  Building  written  notice of the
nature of such failure and a reasonable time in which to correct such failure.

         24.6 Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive trial by jury in any action,
proceeding  or  counterclaim  brought  by  either of them  against  the other in
connection  with any matter  arising  out of or in any way  connected  with this
Lease,  the  relationship  of Landlord  and Tenant  hereunder,  Tenant's  use or
occupancy of the Premises, and/or any claim of injury or damage.

         24.7 All notices or other communications required hereunder shall be in
writing  and shall be deemed duly given if  delivered  in person  (with  receipt
therefor), or if sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested,
postage  prepaid,  to the  following  addresses:  (i) if to Landlord at 1519 Old
Bridge Road, Suite 101,  Woodbridge,  Virginia 22192 or at such other address as
may be communicated to Tenant in writing by any assignee of Landlord, (ii) if to
Tenant,  at the  Premises,  except  that prior to the Lease  Commencement  Date,
notices to Tenant shall be sent to such address as Tenant  shall  designate  and
inform  Landlord.  Either party may change its address for the giving of notices
given in accordance with this Section.

         24.8 If any provision of this Lease or the  application  thereof to any
person or  circumstances  shall to any extent be invalid or  unenforceable,  the
remainder  of this Lease,  or the  application  of such  provision to persons or
circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall
not be affected  thereby,  and each  provision  of this Lease shall be valid and
enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

         24.9 Feminine or neuter  pronouns shall be substituted for those of the
masculine form, and the plural shall be substituted for the singular number,  in
any place or places herein in which the context may require such substitution.

         24.10 The  provisions  of this Lease shall be binding  upon,  and shall
inure to the  benefit  of,  the  parties  hereto  and  each of their  respective
representatives,  successors  and  assigns,  subject  to the  provisions  hereof
restricting assignment or subletting by Tenant.

                                       65


<PAGE>

                                       21

         24.11 This Lease  contains  and  embodies  the entire  agreement of the
parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements, negotiations and discussions
between the parties hereto.  Any representations,  inducement or agreement  that
is not  contained in this Lease shall not be of any force or effect.  This Lease
may not be modified  or changed in whole or in part in any manner  other than by
an instrument in writing duly signed by both parties hereto.


         24.12 This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with
the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

         24.13 Article and section  headings are used herein for the convenience
of reference and shall not be considered when  construing or  interpreting  this
Lease.

         24.14 The  submission  of any unsigned  copy of this document to Tenant
for Tenant's consideration does not constitute an offer to lease the Premises or
an option to or for the  Premises.  This  document  shall become  effective  and
binding only upon the  execution and delivery of this Lease by both Landlord and
Tenant.

         24.15 Time is of the essence of each provision of this Lease.

         24.16 This Lease is being  executed in multiple  counterparts,  each of
which shall be deemed an original and ail of which together shall constitute one
and the same document.

         24.17 This Lease shall not be recorded, except that upon the request of
either  party,  the parties agree to execute,  in recordable  form, a short-form
memorandum of this Lease, provided that such memorandum shall not contain any of
the specific  rental terms set forth herein.  Such memorandum may be recorded in
the land  records  of  Fairfax  County,  Virginia  and the party  desiring  such
recordation shall pay all recordation costs.

         24.18 The  rentable  area in the Office  Building  and in the  Premises
shall be  determined in accordance  with the 1989  Washington  Board of Realtors
Standard Floor Area Measure.

         24.19  This  Lease  includes  twenty-one  (21)  pages and  incorporates
Exhibits A, B and C attached hereto.

         24.20  Joan P.  Cahill.  Executive  Vice  President  of  Landlord  is a
licensed Virginia Real Estate Broker with the firm of Aeromaritime  Company Real
Estate, Ltd., T/A ACRE, Ltd.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF.  Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease on or
as of the day and year first above written.

ATTEST:                                   LANDLORD:
                                          Aeromaritime Investment Company

/s/ James B. Parker                         /s/ Joan P. Cahill
___________________________            By:  _______________________________
                                            Joan P. Cahill
                                       Its: Executive Vice President


ATTEST:                                   TENANT:
                                          Information Analysis, Inc.

/s/ Eugene Blackwell                         /s/ Richard S. DeRose
___________________________            By:  _______________________________

                                             Executive Vice President
                                       Its: _______________________________


                                       66

<PAGE>

                         EXHIBIT A TO THE LEASE BETWEEN
         INFORMATION ANALYSIS, INC. and AEROMARITIME INVESTMENT COMPANY

                                  THE PREMISES

                             PART A OF THE PREMISES

                             <GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE>




                                  PAGE 1 OF 2


                                       67

<PAGE>


                             PART B OF THE PREMISES




                             <GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE>



                                  PAGE 2 OF 2


                                       68


<PAGE>



                         EXHIBIT B TO THE LEASE BETWEEN
                           INFORMATION ANALYSIS, INC.
                                       AND
                         AEROMARITIME INVESTMENT COMPANY

                               TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

                             PART A OF THE PREMISES
                             ----------------------

         1) Landlord,  at Landlord's sole cost and expense,  shall:  (i) provide
all  architectural,  engineering  and  working  drawings  and  building  permits
required to complete the tenant  improvements  for Part A of the Premises as set
forth in this Exhibit B and Exhibit B-1 attached hereto,  and (ii) construct the
tenant improvements pursuant to the plan (hereinafter referred to as the "Part A
Plan")  dated  December  6, 1996  prepared  by JCA  Architects  and  approved on
December 10, 1996 by Richard S. DeRose,  Executive Vice President of Information
Analysis,  Inc. and in accordance  with all applicable  building and fire codes,
utilizing the following finishes:

A)  Drywall  partitioning  pursuant  to Exhibit  B-1. All walls to receive  two
    coats of paint in Tenant's  choice of color from  Building  standard  colors
    with one color to be used throughout.

B)  One oak veneer, solid core double suite entry door and two oak veneer, solid
    core single suite entry doors

C)  Solid core,  hardboard interior doors with metal jambs and Building standard
    hardware. Doors and jambs will be painted to match wall color.

D)  Philadelphia  Impact  III  Carpet,  30 ounce  weight  throughout  (except in
    galleys  and  shower  area),  in  Tenant's  choice  of color  from  standard
    available colors. Reception Area and Conference Room #1  to receive a carpet
    border in Philadelphia Impact III Carpet around the perimeter of each area.

E)  Galley 1 and 2 to receive  Armstrong  vinyl tile in Tenant's choice of color
    from Building standard colors.

F)  Shower area to receive white ceramic tile.

G)  4" vinyl cove base  throughout  in  Tenant's  choice of color from  Building
    standard colors.

H)  Ceilings  will  be  finished  with  Building  standard  2'  x  2'  suspended
    acoustical tile.

I)  Horizontal thin line venetian  blinds as presently  installed at all windows
    except sliding glass doors.

J)  All areas (except  Reception Area and Conference Room #1) to receive 2' x 4'
    fluorescent  ceiling light  fixtures.  Reception Area to receive six 2' x 4'
    parabolic  light  fixtures and four  directional  high-hat  light  fixtures.
    Conference Room #1 to receive six 2' x 4' parabolic light fixtures and eight
    directional high-hat light fixtures.

K)  All areas to receive  reasonable  electrical  outlets,  light  switches  and
    telephone/data  outlets  as set forth in Part A Plan.  In the  event  Tenant
    decides to utilize systems furniture,  Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not
    be  responsible  for obtaining any required  permits from Fairfax County for
    the installation of Tenant's  systems  furniture.  Tenant,  at Tenant's sole
    expense, shall obtain any such required permits.  Tenant's failure to obtain
    any such required permits shall not delay the Lease Commencement Date.

L)  One roof mounted  supplemental  air-conditioning  unit to serve the Computer
    Room.

M)  Galley 1 and 2 will to receive Merillat  Homestead Oak cabinets,  a laminate
    countertop in Tenant's  choice of color from  Building  standard  colors,  a
    stainless  steel sink and faucet.  Galley 1 to receive  1/2" cold water line
    with backflow preventer to ice maker of Tenant provided refrigerator. Tenant
    to provide an undercounter refrigerator in Galley 2.

N)  Workroom to receive a 30" deep countertop  along south wall with two shelves
    above.

O)  Shower area to receive one handicapped accessible shower and lavatory.

                             PART B OF THE PREMISES
                             ----------------------

2) Landlord shall provide a tenant improvement allowance of $15.00  per rentable
square of space leased in Part B of the Premises with which Landlord shall:  (i)
provide all architectural, engineering and working drawings and building permits
to complete the tenant  improvements  for Part B of the Premises as set forth in
this Exhibit B and Exhibit B-2 attached  hereto,  and (ii)  construct the tenant
improvements pursuant to the plan (hereinafter referred to

                                       69


<PAGE>

as the "Part B Plan") dated  December 11, 1996  prepared by JCA  Architects  and
approved on December 16, 1996 by Richard S. DeRose.  Executive Vice President of
Information  Analysis,  Inc. and in accordance with all applicable  building and
fire codes, utilizing the following finishes:

A)  Drywall partitioning pursuant to Exhibit B-2. All walls to receive two coats
    of paint in Tenant's choice of color from Building  standard colors with one
    color to be used throughout.

B)  Two oak veneer, solid core single suite entry doors.

C)  Solid core,  hardboard interior doors with metal jambs and Building standard
    hardware. Doors and jambs will be painted to match wall color.

D)  Philadelphia Volunteer 20 loop carpet, 20 ounce weight throughout (except in
    the kitchen) in Tenant's choice of color from standard available colors.

E)  Kitchen to receive  Armstrong  vinyl tile in  Tenant's  choice of color from
    Building  standard  colors.

F)  4" vinyl cove base  throughout  in  Tenant's  choice of color from  Building
    standard colors.

G)  Ceilings  will  be  finished  with  Building  standard  2'  x  2'  suspended
    acoustical tile.

H)  Horizontal thin line venetian blinds as presently installed at all windows.

I)  2' x 4'  fluorescent  ceiling  light  fixtures,  electrical  outlets,  light
    switches and telephone/ date outlets as set forth in Part B Plan.

J)  Kitchen to receive Merillat Homestead Oak cabinets, a laminate countertop in
    Tenant's choice of color from Building  standard  colors,  a stainless steel
    sink and faucet. Tenant to provide an undercounter refrigerator.

K)  Demo Room to receive  two 6' x 4' windows  inset into the wall  pursuant  to
    Exhibit B-2.

Tenant hereby  acknowledges and agrees that the cost of the tenant  improvements
set  forth in  Exhibit  B for Part B of the  Premises  exceeds  the  $15.00  per
rentable square foot allowance provided by Landlord. Tenant hereby agrees to pay
Landlord in full within five days of receipt of an invoice for the total  amount
by which the tenant improvements  exceed the $15.00 allowance.  It is presently
estimated that the excess to be paid by Tenant is approximately $5,000.00,
however the amount may exceed or be less than that amount.  Tenant's failure  to
make  timely  payment  to  Landlord  for the  excess  cost  shall be considered
a default as the term is defined in the Lease.

3) For purposes of this Lease,  a Tenant delay shall mean any delay which causes
a delay in the substantial  completion of Landlord's work and/or the issuance of
a  Certificate  of Occupancy  for the Premises  which are a result of any of the
following:

         a) Changes in or modifications to the architectural  drawings which are
requested  by Tenant.

         b)  Changes in or  modifications  to the  engineering  or working
drawings which are requested by Tenant.

         c) Tenant's failure to provide information  and finish  and/or color
selections  as requested by Landlord.

         d) Tenant's  request for work,  materials or finishes  outside the
scope of work in Paragraph  1 of  this  Exhibit  B.

         e) The  performance  by a  person,  firm  or corporation  employed or
engaged by Tenant with  Landlord's  written consent and the completion of work
by such persons, firms or corporations, or any delay such persons, firms or
corporations cause in the work on the Premises being performed by the Office
Building general  contractor,  its subcontractors and materialsmen or employees
of Landlord.

4) In the event of any Tenant delay which  delays the issuance of a  Certificate
of Occupancy  for the Premises,  Landlord  shall be entitled to: i) schedule the
Lease  Commencement Date for the date on which the Lease Commencement Date would
otherwise  have  occurred  but for such  Tenant  delay or,  ii) extend the Lease
Commencement Date to a later date in which event Tenant shall pay to Landlord on
such extended Lease  Commencement Date per diem liquidated  damages for each day
of delay equal to the per diem rent as specified in Article III,  Section 3.1 of
the Lease.

                                       70


<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT B-1

                             PART A OF THE PREMISES




                             <GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE>




                                       71



<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT B-2

                             PART B OF THE PREMISES





                             <GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE>




                                       72

<PAGE>

                         EXHIBIT C TO THE LEASE BETWEEN

                           INFORMATION ANALYSIS, INC.
                                       and
                         AEROMARITIME INVESTMENT COMPANY

                              RULES AND REGULATIONS

1) The sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, lobbies, elevators, and
stairways of the Office Building shall not be obstructed by any of the tenants
or used by them for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from their
respective premises. The halls, passages, exits, entrances, lobbies, elevators
and stairways are not for the general public and Landlord shall in all cases
retain the right to control and prevent access thereto of all persons whose
presence the judgment of Landlord would be prejudicial to the safety, character,
reputation and interest of the Office Building and its tenants, provided that
nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons
with whom any tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of its business,
unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. No tenant and no employee
or invitee of any tenant shall go upon the roof of the Office Building. Landlord
shall have the right at any time without incurring any liability to Tenant
therefor to change the arrangement and/or location of entrances of passageways,
doors or doorways, corridors, toilets or other common areas of the Office
Building, provided such does not adversely effect Tenant's business.

2) No sign, placard, picture, name, advertisement or notice visible from the
exterior of any tenant's premises shall be inscribed, painted, affixed or
otherwise displayed by any tenant on any part of the Office Building without the
prior written consent of Landlord. All approved signs or lettering on doors
shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Landlord by a
person approved by Landlord. Material visible from outside the Office Building
will not be permitted. Landlord to provide building standard signage for suite
entry door at Landlord's sole cost.

3) The Premises shall not be used for the storage of merchandise held for sale
to the general public or for lodging. No cooking shall be done or permitted on
the Premises except by private use by Tenant of Underwriter's Laboratory
approved equipment, including microwave oven, for brewing coffee, tea, hot
chocolate and similar beverages provided that such use is in accordance with all
applicable Federal, state and municipal laws, codes, ordinances, rules and
regulations.

4) No tenant shall employ any person or persons other that the janitor of
Landlord for the purpose of cleaning its premises unless otherwise agreed to by
Landlord in writing. Except with the written consent of Landlord, no person or
persons other than those approved by Landlord shall be permitted to enter the
Office Building for the purpose of cleaning the same. No tenant shall cause any
unnecessary labor by reason of such tenant's carelessness or indifference in the
preservation of good order and cleanliness. Landlord shall not be responsible to
any tenant for any loss of property on its premises, however occurring, or for
any damage done to the effects of any tenant by the janitor or any other
employee or any other person.

5) Landlord has entered into an agreement with Honeywell for the furnishing of a
key type access system to the Office Building. Tenant will be provided with one
(1) key type access card for each 600 square feet of rentable area in the
Premises at Landlord's expense. Any additional access cards requested by Tenant
shall be at Tenant's expense. These access cards permit entry in the Office
Building lobby. Landlord has also agreed with Honeywell to provide each tenant
with a keyswitch tenant entry system. Tenant may upgrade, at Tenant's own
expense, this individual system with Landlord's prior written approval only.
Landlord accepts no liability whatsoever for delays in installation of the
equipment, or for interruption of service due to strikes, riots, floods, fires,
acts of God, or any causes beyond its control. Tenant agrees to indemnify and
hold harmless Landlord, Honeywell its successors and assigns, from any loss,
cost or expense on account of any claims for damages by any person arising out
of or in connection with the operation or non-operation of the system. Tenant
understands that Honeywell is not an insurer; Tenant shall provide its own
contents insurance. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor Honeywell make
any guarantee or warranty including any implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness that the system supplied will

                                       73


<PAGE>



 avert or prevent occurrences or consequences therefrom which this system is
 designed to divert or detect. Tenant agrees to supply Landlord and Honeywell a
 current list of employees and will immediately notify same of any changes. No
 tenant shall alter any portion of the entry system on any door of its premises.
 Each tenant, upon the termination of its lease, shall deliver to Landlord all
 key type access cards to doors in the Office Building.


6) Landlord shall designate appropriate entrances and a service elevator for
deliveries or other movement to or from the Premises of equipment, materials,
supplies, furniture or other property, and Tenant shall not use any other
entrances or elevators for such purposes. The service elevator shall be
available for use by all tenants in the Office Building, subject to such
reasonable scheduling as Landlord in its discretion shall deem appropriate. All
persons employed and means or methods used to move equipment, materials,
supplies, furniture or other property in or out of the Office Building must be
approved by Landlord prior to any such movement. Landlord shall have the right
to prescribe the maximum weight, size and position of all equipment, materials,
furniture or other property brought into the Office Building. Heavy objects
shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on a platform of such
thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not
be responsible for loss or damage to any such property from any cause, and all
damage done to the Office Building by moving or maintaining such property shall
be repaired at the expense of the Tenant.

7) No tenant shall use or keep in its premises or the Office Building any
kerosene, gasoline or inflammable or combustible fluid or material other than
limited quantities thereof reasonably necessary for the operation or maintenance
of office equipment. No tenant shall use any method of heating or air
conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord. No tenant shall use or keep
or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance in its
premises, or permit or suffer its premises to be occupied of use in a manner
offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Office Building
by reason of noise, odors or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other
tenants or those having business in the Office Building, nor shall any animals
or birds be brought into or kept in its premises or the Office Building.

8) Landlord shall have the right, exercisable without notice and without
liability to any tenant, to change the name or street address of the Office
Building, so long as such change is initiated by Fairfax County or any other
governmental agency.

9) Landlord establishes the hours 8:00 AM to 6:00 PM of each weekday and 9:00 AM
to 1:00 PM on Saturday as reasonable and usual business hours. If Tenant
requests electricity or heat or air-conditioning during any hours other that
those stated and if Landlord is able to provide the same, Tenant shall pay
Landlord such charges as Landlord shall establish from time to time for
providing such services during such hours. Any such charges which Tenant is
obligated to pay shall be deemed to be additional rent under the Lease.

10) Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Office Building between the
hours of 6:00 PM and 8:00 AM and at all hours on Sundays and legal holidays all
persons who do not present identification acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall
be liable to Landlord for all acts of any persons authorized by Tenant to enter
the Premises. Landlord shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with
regards to the admission to or exclusion from the Office Building of any
person. In the case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other
circumstances rendering such action advisable in Landlord's opinion, Landlord
reserves the right to prevent access to the Office Building during the
continuance of the same by such action as Landlord may deem appropriate,
including closing doors.

11) A directory of the Office Building will be provided for the display of the
name and location of the tenants at the expense of Landlord. Landlord reserves
the right to restrict the amount of directory space utilized by any tenant.

12) No curtains, draperies, blinds (except building standard blinds), shutters,
shades, screens or other coverings, hangings or decorations shall be attached
to, hung or placed in, or used in connection with any window of the Office
Building without the prior written consent of Landlord which consent shall not
be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In any event, with the prior
consent of Landlord, such items shall be installed on the office side of
Landlord's standard window covering and shall in no way be visible from the
exterior of the Office Building. Tenant shall use due diligence to keep window
coverings closed when the effect of sunlight (or lack thereof) would impose
unnecessary loads on the Office Building's heating or air-conditioning systems.

                                       74


<PAGE>



13) No tenant shall obtain for use in its premises ice, drinking water, food.
beverage, towel or other similar services, except at such reasonable hours and
under such reasonable regulations as may be fixed by Landlord.


14) Each tenant shall use due diligence to ensure that the doors of its premises
are closed and locked and that all water faucets, water apparatus and utilities
are shut off before Tenant or Tenant's employees leave the Premises so as to
prevent waste or damage, and for any default or carelessness in this regard,
Tenant shall make good all injuries sustained by other tenants or occupants of
the Office Building or Landlord. On multiple-tenancy floors, all tenants
shall keep the doors to the Office Building corridors closed at all times except
for ingress and egress.

15) The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not
be used for any purpose other than for which they were constructed, no foreign
substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein and the expense of any
breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be
borne by the tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.

16) Except with the prior written consent of Landlord, no tenant shall sell
retail newspapers, magazines, periodicals, theater or travel tickets or any
other goods or merchandise to the general public in or on its premises, nor
shall any tenant carry on or permit or allow any employee or other person to
carry on the business of stenography, typewriting, printing or photocopying or
any similar business in or from its premises for the service or accommodation of
occupants of any other portion of the Office Building, nor shall the premises of
any tenant be used for manufacturing of any kind, or any business or activity
other than that specifically provided for in such tenant's lease.

17) No tenant shall install any radio or television antenna, loudspeaker, or
other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Office Building without the
prior written consent of the Landlord which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld. Landlord's consent shall be conditioned upon receipt from Tenant of
written specifications pertaining to the type of device to be installed and the
location of installation thereof. It shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to
withhold its consent if Landlord determines in its sole discretion that such
installation will negatively affect the Office Building and/or its tenants. No
television, radio or recorder shall be played in such a manner as to cause a
nuisance to any other tenant.

18) There shall not be used in any space, or in the public halls of the Office
Building, either by any tenant or others, any hand trucks except those equipped
with rubber tires and side guards or such other material handling equipment as
Landlord may approve. No other vehicles of any kind shall be brought by any
tenant into the Office Building or kept in or about its premises.

19) Each tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within its premises. No
material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacle if such material is of
such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner
of removing and disposing of Office Building trash and garbage in Fairfax County
without being in violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All
garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry ways and elevators
provided for such purposes and at such times as Landlord shall designate.

20) Tenants shall not do, or permit anything to be done in or about the Office
Building, or bring or keep anything therein, that will in any way increase the
rate of fire or other insurance on the Office Building, or on property kept
therein, or obstruct or interfere with the rights of, or otherwise injure or
annoy, other tenants, or do anything in conflict with the valid pertinent laws,
rules or regulations of any governmental authority.

21) Canvassing, soliciting, distribution of handbills or any other written
material and peddling in the Office Building are prohibited, and each tenant
shall cooperate to prevent the same.

22) The non standard building requirements of tenants will be attended to only
upon application in writing at the office of the Office Building. Employees of
Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular
duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

                                       75


<PAGE>



23) Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the
benefit of any particular tenant or tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord
shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any
other tenant or tenants, or prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such
Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the Office Building.


24) These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed
to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the agreements, covenants,
conditions and provisions of any lease of premises in the Office Building.

25) Landlord reserves the right to make such other reasonable rules and
regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be needed for the safety,
care and cleanliness of the Office Building and for the preservation of good
order therein.

                                       76


<PAGE>



                                  ADDENDUM # 1


                           LEASE COMMENCEMENT ADDENDUM

                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

                           FAIR CENTER OFFICE BUILDING

                                FAIRFAX, VIRGINIA

THE FOLLOWING SPECIAL PROVISIONS are attached to and hereby made a part of the
Lease Agreement dated December 20, 1996 between Aeromaritime Investment Company
(hereinafter referred to as "Landlord") and Information Analysis, Inc.
(hereinafter referred to as "Tenant"), for space in the Fair Center Office
Building located at 11240 Waples Mill Road, Fairfax, Virginia:

   1) In accordance with Article II, Section 2.3 of the Lease, Landlord and
Tenant hereby establish February 28, 1997 as the Lease Commencement Date for the
Premises. Landlord and Tenant further hereby agree that the Lease Term will
expire on February 29, 2004.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Addendum #1 to Lease
on this 3rd day of March, 1997.

  ATTEST:                                    LANDLORD:
                                             Aeromaritime Investment Company


 /s/ Sally Tran                              By /s/ Joan P. Cahill
                                             Its: Executive Vice President

 ATTEST:                                     TENANT:
                                             Information Analysis, Inc.


/s/ Sally Tran                                By /s/ Richard S. DeRose
                                              Richard S. DeRose
                                              Its: Executive Vice President


                                      77





                                  EXHIBIT 10.2


                                       78


<PAGE>



(Aetna Logo Goes Here)              AETNA LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

                                    HOME OFFICE: 151 Farmington Avenue
                                    Hartford, Connecticut 06156
                                    (800) 223-5422

                                    Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity
                                    Company, herein called Aetna, agrees to pay
                                    the benefits stated in this Contract.

SPECIFICATIONS
Plan
INFORMATION ANALYSIS INC. 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN
Type of Plan
ALLOCATED PENSION OR PROFIT SHARING PLAN

Contract Holder
TRUSTEES OF INFORMATION ANALYSIS INC. 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN

Group Contract No.
PH0052
                                                                              .-
Effective Date
NOVEMBER 10, 1993
   
   This Contract is Delivered in VIRGINIA    and is Subject to the Laws of that
   Jurisdiction

THE VARIABLE FEATURES OF THE GROUP CONTRACT ARE DESCRIBED IN PART IV.

RIGHT TO CANCEL

The Contract Holder may cancel this Contract within 10 days of receiving it by
returning this Contract along with a written notice to Aetna at the above
address or to the agent from whom it was purchased. Within 7 days after it
receives the notice of cancellation and this Contract at its Home Office, Aetna
will return the entire consideration paid plus any increase or minus any
decrease in the current value of any funds allocated to the Separate Account.

This page, the following pages, and the application make up the entire Contract.

Signed at the Home Office on the Effective Date.

             /s/ Gary G. Benanav             /s/ George N. Gingold
                Gary G. Benanav                George N. Gingold
                 President                         Secretary

                   Multiple Asset Portfolio (MAP) V-Allocated
                             Group Annuity Contract
                                Nonparticipating

ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES PROVIDED BY THE GROUP CONTRACT, WHEN BASED ON INVESTMENT
EXPERIENCE OF A SEPARATE ACCOUNT, ARE VARIABLE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO
FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT. THIS CONTRACT CONTAINS MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT FORMULAS.
APPLICATION OF A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT TO THE GAA MAY RESULT IN EITHER AN
INCREASE OR DECREASE IN THE CURRENT VALUE. THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT FORMULA
DOES NOT APPLY TO A GUARANTEED TERM AT THE TIME OF ITS MATURITY. APPLICATION OF
A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT MAY RESULT IN A DECREASE IN THE
CURRENT VALUE.



                                       79


<PAGE>



SPECIFICATIONS (continued)


GUARANTEED                 There are guaranteed interest rates for amounts held
INTEREST RATE              in the Fixed Account and the Guaranteed Accumulation
                           Account. (See 4.02 and 4.03(d).)

  INSTALLATION             This Contract may be subject to an Installation
  CHARGE                   Charge. (See Contract Specifications and 4.08.)

  DEDUCTION FROM           Purchase Payment(s) are subject to deductions for 
  PURCHASE                 premium taxes and conversion charges, if any. 
  PAYMENT(S)               (See 3.01.)



  DEDUCTIONS              A Daily Asset Charge expressed as an annual rate
  FROM                    of Current Value will be deducted for Aetna's expense
  THE SEPARATE            risks, which may include profit. (See 4.05.) The
   ACCOUNT                Daily Asset Charge varies by the total value of
                          assets held under this Contract and certain other
                          related contracts. (See Contract Specifications).

SURRENDER                  Certain withdrawals from this Contract may be subject
CHARGE                     to a Surrender Charge. (See Contract Specifications
                           and 7.04.)

This Contract is a legal contract and constitutes the entire legal relationship
between Aetna and the Contract Holder.

READ THIS CONTRACT CAREFULLY. This Contract sets forth, in detail, all of the
rights and obligations of both you and Aetna. IT IS, THEREFORE, IMPORTANT THAT
YOU READ THIS CONTRACT CAREFULLY.
                                       80


<PAGE>



SPECIFICATIONS

(continued)

Contract Holder TRUSTEES OF INFORMATION ANALYSIS INC. 401(K) PROFIT
                SHARING PLAN
  Group Contract No.   PH0052

  I. Installation      $    0
     Charge
     (See 4.08)

<TABLE>

<S><C>

II.  Amount of Daily          CURRENT VALUE OF ALL PLAN ACCOUNTS    ASSET CHARGE
     Asset Charge
     Expressed as an          Less than $400,000                          1.25%
     annual percentage        $400,000 but less than $1 million           1.05%
                              $1 million but less than $5 million          .95%
                              $5 million but less than $10 million         .85%
                              More than $10 million                        .85%
</TABLE>

This Asset Charge does not reflect the charge to a Split-Funded Plan (see 2.03).
The Daily Asset Charge will be adjusted (up or down) no less often than annually
in accordance with Aetna's existing administrative practice to reflect
changes in the Current Value of all Plan Accounts. See 8.12 for rules
permitting the aggregation of Plan Accounts with certain other contracts issued
by Aetna for purposes of satisfying the Current Value breakpoints shown above.
The Daily Asset Charge does not include investment advisory fees charged by a
Fund investment manager. The investment advisory fee is disclosed in the
applicable Fund prospect.

                                          .
   III. Maintenance Fee       The Participant Accounts maintained under this 
        Deduction             Contract may have multiple asset accounts (see
                              3.02). The Participant Account Maintenance Fee 
                       .      will be deducted from the employer profit
                              sharing (unless paid directly by the contract
                              holder) asset account. (See 4.09)

<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>                                         <C>
                                                            -
 IV. Surrender Charge         Contract Years Completed               Surrender Charge
  (See 7.04)
                                  Less than 1                            5%
                                  1 but less than 2                      4%
                                  2 but less than 3                      3%
                                  3 but less than 4                      2%
                                  4 but less than 5                      1%
                                  more than 5                            0%

</TABLE>

                                       81


<PAGE>

                           (Intentionally Left Blank)

                                       82



<PAGE>



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


  I. GENERAL DEFINITIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Page

  1.01   Annuitant                                             5
  1.02   Annuity                                               5
  1.03   Code                                                  5
  1.04   Contract Holder                                       5
  1.05   Contract Year                                         5
  1.06   Current Value                                         5
  1.07   Deposit Period                                        5
  1.08   General Account                                       5
  1.09   Good Order                                            5
  1.10   Group Trust Contract Holder                           5
  1.11   Guaranteed Accumulation Account (GAA)                 5
  1.12   Fixed Account                                         5
  1.13   Fixed Annuity                                         5
  1.14   Fund(s)                                               5
  1.15   Market Value Adjustment (MVA)                         5
  1.16   Matured Term Value                                    6
  1.17   Maturity Date                                         6
  1.18   Nonunitized Separate Account                          6
  1.19   Participant                                           6
  1.20   Participant Account                                   6
  1.21   Plan                                                  6
  1.22   Plan Account                                          6
  1.23   Purchase Payments                                     6
  1.24   Separate Account                                      6
  1.25   Separated Employee Account                            6
  1.26   Single Plan Contract Holder                           6
  1.27   Split-Funded Plan                                     6
  1.28   Sub-Contract Holder                                   6
  1.29   Surrender                                             7
  1.30   Term                                                  7
  1.31   Trustee Account                                       7
  1.32   Valuation Period (Period)                             7

                                       2

                                       83


<PAGE>


II. PLAN ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                              Page
  2.01 General                                                  7
  2.02 Additional Services                                      7
  2.03 Split-Funded Plans                                       7

III. PURCHASE PAYMENT AND PLAN ACCOUNTS

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3.01   Net Purchase Payment(s)                                8
  3.02   Participant Accounts                                   8
  3.03   Investment Allocation                                  8
  3.04   Individual Certificates                                9
  3.05   Trustee Accounts                                       9
  3.06   Separated Employee Accounts                            9
  3.07   Notice to the Contract Holder                          9

IV. ACCOUNT VALUES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  4.01   Current Value                                         10
  4.02   Guaranteed Interest Rate--Fixed Account               10
  4.03   Guaranteed Accumulation Account (GAA)                 10
  4.04   Fund(s) Record Units--Separate Account                13
  4.05   Net Return Factor(s)--Separate Account                13
  4.06   Fund(s) Record Unit Value--Separate Account           13
  4.07   Experience Credits                                    13
  4.08   Installation Charge                                   13
  4.09   Maintenance Fee                                       14
  4.10   Automation Discount                                   15

V. TRANSFERS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  5.01   Transfer of Current Value from the Funds or GAA       15
  5.02   Transfer of Current Value from the Fixed Account      16
  5.03   Systematic Allocation                                 16
  5.04   Required Distribution to Participant                  17
  5.05   Sum Payable at Death (Before Annuity Payments Start)  17
  5.06   Distribution Options                                  17

                                       3

                                       84


<PAGE>



VI. ANNUITY PROVISIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                              PAGE

  6.01   Choices to be Made                                     21
  6.02   Annuity Payments to Annuitant                          21
  6.03   Annuity Payments to Participant's Beneficiary
           Under the Plan                                       22
  6.04   Terms of Annuity Options                               22
  6.05   Death of Annuitant                                     23
  6.06   Annuity Options                                        23
  6.07   Annuity Tables                                         23

VII. WITHDRAWALS AND TERMINATION OF CONTRACT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  7.01   Payment of Surrender Value                             27
  7.02   Payment of Fixed Account Surrender Value               28
  7.03   Payment of GAA Surrender Value                         28
  7.04   Surrender Charge                                       29
  7.05   Reinstatement                                          30
  7.06   Termination or Transfer to Another Contract            30

VIII. GENERAL PROVISIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  8.01   Change of Contract                                     30
  8.02   Substitution, Elimination, and Addition of Fund(s)     32
  8.03   Nonparticipating Contract                              32
  8.04   Payments                                               32
  8.05   State Laws                                             32
  8.06   Control of Contract                                    32
  8.07   Designation of Beneficiary                             33
  8.08   Misstatements and Adjustments                          33
  8.09   Incontestability                                       33
  8.10   Grace Period                                           33
  8.11   Nonwaiver                                              33
  8.12   Aggregation of Contracts                               33
  8.13   Conversion of Contracts                                33

                                       4

                                       85


<PAGE>



I. GENERAL DEFINITIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S><C>

  1.01      ANNUITANT:                      A person on whose life an Annuity has been effected  under this Contract.
  1.02      ANNUITY:                        Payment of an income:

                                            (a) For the life of one or two persons;
                                            (b) For a stated period; or
                                            (c) For some combination of (a) and (b).

 1.03      CODE:                            The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be
                                            amended from time to time

 1.04     CONTRACT HOLDER:                  The Contract Holder will be either a Single Plan
                                            Contract Holder (see 1.26) or a Sub-Contract Holder (see 1.28).
 1.05     CONTRACT YEAR:                    The period of 12 months measured from the date the
                                            first Net  Purchase Payment is applied to the Contract or from
                                            any anniversary of such date.

 1.06     CURRENT VALUE:                    See 4.01.

 1.07     DEPOSIT PERIOD:                   See 4.03(a).

 1.08     GENERAL ACCOUNT:                  The account holding the assets of Aetna, other than those
                                            assets held in a Separate Account or a Nonunitized Separate
                                            Account.

 1.09     GOOD ORDER:                       An authorized Participant or Contract Holder
                                            instruction to Aetna is in Good Order when given with such clarity and
                                            completeness that Aetna is not required to exercise any discretion,
                                            utilizing such forms as Aetna may require.

  1.10   GROUP TRUST                        The trustees of a group trust which (a) acquires this Contract,
         CONTRACT HOLDER:                   (b) limits participation to Pension and Profit Sharing
                                            Plans and  Trusts qualified under Section 401 (a) of the Code and exempt
                                            from tax under Section 501 (a) of the Code, and (c) which is
                                            intended to meet the requirements of Internal Revenue
                                            Service  Revenue Ruling 81-100, as modified
                                            or superseded.

  1.11   GUARANTEED ACCUMULATION            An accumulation option which guarantees a stipulated rate of
         ACCOUNT (GAA):                     interest for a specified period of time.

  1.12   FIXED ACCOUNT:                     An accumulation option with a guaranteed minimum interest
                                            rate. Aetna may credit a higher rate which is not guaranteed.

  1.13   FIXED ANNUITY:                     An Annuity with payments which do not vary in amount.
  1.14   Fund(s):                           The open-end, registered, management investment companies
                                            (mutual funds) made available by Aetna under this Contract.
  1.15   MARKET VALUE                       See 7.02(b) for the Fixed Account Market Value Adjustment; see
         ADJUSTMENT (MVA):                  7.03(b) for the GM Market Value Adjustment.
</TABLE>
                                       5


                                       86


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S><C>

  1.16   MATURED TERM VALUE:                The amount payable on a GM Term's Maturity Date.

  1.17   MATURITY DATE:                     The last day of a GM Term.

  1.18   NONUNITIZED SEPARATE               A separate account set up by Aetna under Title 38a, Section
         ACCOUNT:                           38a-433, of the Connecticut General Statutes to hold assets for
                                            GM Terms. See 4.03(c) and (9). Aetna owns the assets held in
                                            such an account and is not a trustee as to the amounts held.
                                            The assets in such account may be charged with other Aetna
                                            liabilities.
  1.19   PARTICIPANT:                       A person who participates in the Plan named on the cover page
                                            of this Contract or in the Plan named on the cover page of the
                                            Sub-Contract Holder Certificate.

  1.20   PARTICIPANT ACCOUNT:               See 3.02.

  1.21   PLAN:                              The Plan named on the Contract or Certificate cover page. The
                                            Plan is not a part of the Contract. Aetna is not bound by the
                                            terms of the Plan.

  1.22   PLAN ACCOUNT:                      Participant Accounts, Separated Employee Accounts, and
                                            Trustee Accounts.

  1.23   PURCHASE PAYMENTS:                 Payments made to Aetna for allocation to Plan Accounts under
                                            this Contract.

  1.24   SEPARATE ACCOUNT:                  An account set up by Aetna under Title 38a, Section 38a-433, of
                                            the Connecticut General Statutes which buys and holds shares
                                            of the Fund(s). Income, gains or losses, realized or unrealized
                                            are credited or charged to this account without regard to other
                                            income, gains or losses of Aetna. Aetna owns the assets held in
                                            such an account and is not a trustee as to the amounts held.
                                            These accounts generally are not guaranteed and assets therein are held at
                                            market value. The assets of such accounts to the
                                            extent of reserves and other contract liabilities of the account,
                                            shall not be charged with other Aetna liabiiities.

 1.25    SEPARATED EMPLOYEE                 See 3.06.
         ACCOUNT:

 1.26    SINGLE PLAN CONTRACT               The trustees of a Pension or Profit Sharing Plan and Trust
         HOLDER:                            which (a) acquires this Contract, (b) is adopted by an employer
                                            or by a controlled group or affiiiated service group of employers,
                                            and (c) which is qualified under Section 401 (a) of the Code and
                                            exempt from tax under Section 501 (a) of the Code.

1.27     SPLIT-FUNDED PLAN:                 A Plan which offers Participants investment options not provided
                                            under this Contract, excluding investment options no longer
                                            accepting payments and scheduled to convert to this Contract.

1.28    SUB-CONTRACT HOLDER:                The trustees of a Pension or Profit Sharing Plan and Trust
                                            which (a) is quaiified under Section 401(a) of the Code and exempt from tax under
                                            Section 501 (a) of the Code, (b) has
</TABLE>

                                       6

                                       87


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S><C>

  1.28   SUB-CONTRACT HOLDER                adopted the group trust of the Group Trust Contract Holder as
         (Cont'd):                          part of such plan and trust, and (c) has agreed in
                                            writing to be bound by the provisions of the
                                            group trust and this Contract.

  1.29   SURRENDER:                         See 7.01.

  1.30   Term:                              See 4.03(b) and 4.03(c).

  1.31   TRUSTEE ACCOUNT:                   See 3.05.

  1.32   VALUATION PERIOD                   The period of time for which a Fund determines its net asset
         (Period):                          value, usually from 4:15 p.m. Eastern Time each day the New
                                            York Stock Exchange is open until 4:15 p.m. the next such day,
                                            or such other day that one or more of the Funds determines its
                                            net asset value.

II. PLAN ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  2.01   GENERAL:                           The person or entity designated as administrator in the Plan
                                            document is primarily responsible for Plan administration. Aetna
                                            is not the Plan Administrator. Aetna will provide certain services
                                            to the Plan as set forth herein and as selected by the Contract
                                            Holder. The amount of the Daily Asset Charge wiil be affected
                                            by the level of service provided by Aetna and/or its licensed
                                            representatives under this Contract.

  2.02   ADDITLONAL SERVICES:               Aetna or its licensed representatives wiil provide certain basic
                                            enrollment and administrative services to the Plan, under this
                                            Contract. The full range of such services to be provided to the
                                            Plan by Aetna will be disclosed to the Contract Holder on or
                                            before the Effective Date. Aetna and the Group Trust Contract
                                            Holder or the Single Plan Contract Holder, as appropriate, may
                                            agree in writing to have additional services provided to the Plan
                                            by Aetna or its licensed representatives. At the option of the
                                            Contract Holder, the cost of such additional services may be
                                            billed directly or assessed in conjunction with the Maintenance
                                            Fee. With Aetna's consent, the cost of such additional service
                                            may be included as an adjustment to the Daily Asset Charge
                                            deducted from a Separate Account or as an adjustment to the
                                            interest credited to the Fixed Account and GAA.
 
 2.03   SPILT-FUNDED PLANS:                For Split-Funded Plans the Daily Asset Charge, when expressed
                                            as an annual percentage rate, shall be .10 percentage points
                                            higher than that of Plans which offer Participants only the
                                            investment options provided under this Contract. Aetna credits a
                                            lower Fixed Account rate of interest for such Plans. If a Plan
                                            becomes a Split-Funded Plan after the Effective Date, the higher
                                            Daily Asset Charge and the new Fixed Account credited rate will
                                            become effective in accordance with Aetna's existing
                                            administrative practice, but in no event later than the first day of
                                            the next succeeding Contract Year. If a Plan ceases being
                                            Split-Funded, the lower Daily Asset Charge and the new Fixed
                                            Account credited rate will become effective in
</TABLE>
                                       7

                                       88


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S><C>

  2.03   SPLIT-FUNDED PLANS                 Aetna's existing administrative practice, but in no event later
         (Cont'd):                          than the first day of the next succeeding Contract Year. The
                                            Group Trust Contract Holder or the Single Plan Contract Holder,
                                            as appropriate, must inform Aetna whether its Plan offers
                                            Participants investment options not provided under this Contract.

III. PURCHASE PAYMENT AND PLAN ACCOUNTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  3.01   NET PURCHASE                       The actual Purchase Payment(s) less premium tax and charges
         PAYMENT(S):                        due at conversion, if any. As a rule, Aetna will deduct the
                                            premium tax when Annuity benefits are purchased (see Part VI).
                                            If Aetna determines that a premium tax is due when Purchase
                                            Payments are received or at any other time, it will deduct the tax
                                            at that time. Conversion charges may arise when any Purchase
                                            Payment is derived from the cancellation of any contract or
                                            policy issued by Aetna or any of its affiiiates (see 8.13). Such
                                            Purchase Payment may be subject to deductions in accordance
                                            with Aetna's administrative practice.

  3.02   PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS:              Aetna will maintain an individual account for each Participant. If
                                            instructed by the Contract Holder, Aetna will maintain up to 5
                                            asset accounts for each such Participant Account. These will
                                            be:

                                            (a) Up to 4 asset accounts for crediting employer or employee Net
                                            Purchase Payment(s); and

                                            (b) One asset account for crediting employee rollovers from other
                                            pension plans or individual retirement accounts.

                                            More than 5 asset accounts, if permitted by Aetna, may be
                                            subject to an additional fee in accordance with Aetna's
                                            administrative practice.

                                            Net Purchase Payments will be allocated to Participant Accounts
                                            and their asset accounts as directed by the Contract Holder or
                                            the Participant, as appropriate.

  3.03   INVESTMENT ALLOCATION:             For each Plan Account the Contract Holder will direct that the
                                            Net Purchase Payment(s) allocated to that Account be credited
                                            among no more than 10 of the following:

                                           (a) The Fixed Account;
                                           (b) The GAA; and
                                           (c) The Fund(s) in which the Separate Account invests.

                                            Allocations to more than 10 such investment options, if
                                            permitted by Aetna, may be subject to an
                                            additional fee in accordance with Aetna's administrative practice.

                                            Aetna must be told the percentage of the Net Purchase
                                            Payment(s) to be applied to each investment above.
                                            With the consent of the Contract Holder, the Participant
                                            may direct the
</TABLE>
                                       8

                                       89


<PAGE>

3.03   INVESTMENT ALLOCATION         investment  allocation of his or her
       (CONT'D):                     Participant Account or any asset account
                                     thereof.  If Aetna does not  receive
                                     allocation  instructions,  unless otherwise
                                     agreed with the Contract Holder,  it will
                                     return the Purchase Payment.

                                     The investment allocation for Plan Accounts
                                     may be changed up to 12 times during any
                                     calendar year.  More than 12 such changes
                                     in any calendar year, if permitted by
                                     Aetna,  may be  subject  to an  additional
                                     fee in  accordance  with  Aetna's
                                     administrative practice.

3.04   INDIVIDUAL CERTIFICATES:      Aetna shall issue certificates to the Sub-
                                     Contract Holder and/or Participants as
                                     required by the state in which this
                                     Contract is delivered. The certificate will
                                     summarize certain provisions of the
                                     Contract. Certificates are for information
                                     only and are not a part of the Contract.

3.05   TRUSTEE ACCOUNTS:             Aetna will maintain one or more Trustee
                                     Accounts as if each were a  Participant
                                     Account  for the  temporary  holding  of
                                     amounts  not allocated to other Plan
                                     Accounts by the Contract Holder. When Aetna
                                     receives Net Purchase  Payments  or Plan
                                     forfeitures,  but has not been  told to
                                     which  Plan Accounts  such  amounts are to
                                     be  allocated,  at the  direction of the
                                     Contract Holder  such  amounts  will be
                                     placed in a Trustee  Account.  Amounts
                                     held in a Trustee Account will be invested
                                     in a Fund or the Fixed Account  selected by
                                     the Contract  Holder  and will be
                                     allocated  to  Participant  Accounts  when
                                     Aetna receives allocation  instructions.
                                     Amounts in the Fixed Account will be
                                     subject to the  provisions of Sections 5.02
                                     and (except when  transferred to
                                     Participant Accounts  or  Separated
                                     Employee  Accounts)  7.02.  If Aetna  does
                                     not  receive allocation instructions,
                                     amounts held in a Trustee Account will be
                                     allocated to the money market mutual fund
                                     managed by Aetna and made available as a
                                     Fund under this Contract.

3.06   SEPARATED EMPLOYEE            At termination of employment,  if the
       ACCOUNTS:                     vested value of the terminating
                                     Participant's  Participant  Account exceeds
                                     $3,500.00,  the Contract Holder may direct
                                     that such vested value be  transferred to a
                                     Separated  Employee  Account. Aetna will
                                     maintain the Separated  Employee Account as
                                     an individual account for such former
                                     Participant.  Investment  allocations and
                                     distributions  will be as directed by the
                                     Contract Holder.



3.07   NOTICE TO THE                 With respect to the Current Value of Plan
       CONTRACT HOLDER:              Accounts, Aetna will notify the Contract
                                     Holder each year of:

                                     (a) The value of any amounts held in:

                                         (1) The Fixed Account;
                                         (2) The GAA; and
                                         (3) The Fund(s) for the Separate
                                             Account.

                                     (b) The number of any Fund(s) Record Units;
                                         and

                                     (c) The Fund(s) Record Unit Value.

                                     Such  number or values will be as of a date
                                     no more than 60 calendar days before the
                                     date of the notice.




                                       9

                                       90

<PAGE>


IV. ACCOUNT VALUES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.01   CURRENT VALUE:                The Current Value of any Plan Account is
                                     equal to:

                                     (a) Any amounts in the Fixed Account,
                                         including Fixed Account interest added
                                         by Aetna;  plus

                                     (b) Any amounts in the GAA,  including GAA
                                         interest  added by Aetna; plus

                                     (c) The value of all Separate Account
                                         Record Units.

                                     Current Value does not include amounts used
                                     to purchase an Annuity.

4.02   GUARANTEED INTEREST           On any Net Purchase Payment(s) maintained
       RATE -- FIXED ACCOUNT:        in the Fixed Account, Aetna will add
                                     interest daily at an annual rate no less
                                     than 3%. Aetna may add interest daily at
                                     any higher rate. Aetna will periodically
                                     advise the Contract Holder of the rate
                                     being currently credited to the Fixed
                                     Account.





4.03   GUARANTEED                    The GAA guarantees stipulated rates of
       ACCUMULATION                  interest for stated periods of  time  (see
       ACCOUNT (GAA):                (a)  and  (c)  below).  Amounts withdrawn
                                     before  the end of a Guaranteed Term may be
                                     subject to a Market Value Adjustment (MVA)
                                     (see 7.03(b)).

                                     (a) Deposit Period--A  calendar month, a
                                         calendar quarter,  or any other period
                                         of time  specified by Aetna during
                                         which Net Purchase  Payment(s)  and
                                         transfers are accepted into the GAA for
                                         one or more Guaranteed  Terms.

                                     (b) Guaranteed Term (Term)--The  period  of
                                         time for which  interest  rates  are
                                         guaranteed  on Net Purchase  Payment(s)
                                         and on transfers allocated into a
                                         Deposit Period of the GAA. Terms are
                                         offered at Aetna's  discretion for
                                         various  lengths of time ranging up to
                                         and including ten years.

                                     (c) Guaranteed Term Classifications--The
                                         grouping of Terms   according   to
                                         their  time  to   maturity.   The
                                         following   are  the Classifications:

                                         (1) Short Term: Terms of at least one
                                             month up to and including 3 years;
                                             or

                                         (2) Long Term: Terms of greater than 3
                                             years and up to and including 10
                                             years.

                                     During a Deposit Period, Aetna may make
                                     available  one or more Terms within a
                                     Classification.  At least one Term in the
                                     Short Term  Classification  will be
                                     available each Deposit Period.  The
                                     Contract Holder or Participant,  as
                                     appropriate,  has the option to allocate
                                     Net Purchase Payment(s) and transfers into
                                     any or all of the available  Deposit Period
                                     Terms. If no specific direction is given,
                                     Net Purchase Payment(s) and transfers will
                                     go into available Terms on a pro rata basis
                                     within the Classification(s)

                                       10

                                       91


<PAGE>



4.03   GUARANTEED                    previously chosen by the Contract Holder.
       ACCUMULATION                  If there are no Terms available  in the
       ACCOUNT (GAA)                 Long  Term  Classification  previously
       (CONT'D):                     chosen, such amounts will be allocated to
                                     the Term within the Short Term
                                     Classification with the longest period.

                                     (d) Guaranteed GAA Interest  Rates
                                         (Guaranteed  Rates)--Aetna  will
                                         declare all interest  rate(s)
                                         applicable  to a  specific  Term  prior
                                         to the  start of the Deposit  Period
                                         for that Term.  These rate(s) are
                                         guaranteed by Aetna for that Deposit
                                         Period and the ensuing Term and are not
                                         based on the actual  investment
                                         experience of the underlying  assets in
                                         the GAA. The Guaranteed Rates are
                                         annual effective  yields.  The interest
                                         is credited  daily at a rate that will
                                         produce the guaranteed annual effective
                                         yield over the period of a year. No
                                         annual rate will be less than 3%.

                                     (e) Withdrawals--Amounts in  the GAA may be
                                         transferred  to  other  investment
                                         options at any time subject to certain
                                         limits (see 5.01).  Amounts transferred
                                         prior to the  Maturity Date of a Term
                                         are  subject  to an MVA  (see
                                         7.03(b)). Amounts will be removed from
                                         the elected Classification  starting
                                         with the Term still in effect with the
                                         oldest Deposit Period.

                                         During the  Deposit  Period and the 90
                                         days  following  the close of the
                                         Deposit Period,  any  amounts  applied
                                         to the GAA during that  Deposit  Period
                                         may not be withdrawn unless due to:

                                         (1) A full or partial surrender;
                                         (2) A payment of a premium for an
                                             Annuity Option; or
                                         (3) The Sum Payable at Death provision
                                             (see 5.05).

                                     (f) Maturity  Date/Reinvestment--At  least
                                         18  calendar  days  before a Term's
                                         Maturity Date, the Contract Holder or
                                         Participant, as applicable, will be
                                         mailed a notice.  This notice will
                                         contain the  current  Deposit  Period's
                                         Guaranteed Rate(s), Term(s) and a
                                         projected Matured Term Value.

                                         The Matured Term Value may be
                                         surrendered or transferred on the
                                         Term's  Maturity Date without an MVA.
                                         If no specific direction is given by
                                         the Contract Holder or Participant, as
                                         applicable,  prior to the Maturity
                                         Date, each Matured Term Value will be
                                         reinvested in a Term of the same
                                         duration.  In the event that a Term of
                                         the same duration is unavailable,  each
                                         Matured Term Value will automatically
                                         be reinvested in the next shortest Term
                                         available in the same Classification
                                         during the then current Deposit Period.
                                         If, however,  only one Term is
                                         available within the Classification,
                                         then the Matured Term Value will
                                         automatically be reinvested in that
                                         Term.  If there are no Terms  available
                                         in the Long Term  Classification
                                         previously  chosen,  the Matured Term
                                         Value will be allocated to the Term
                                         within the Short Term Classification
                                         with the longest period.  Within two
                                         business days after the Maturity Date,
                                         the Contract Holder or Participant, as
                                         applicable, will be mailed a
                                         confirmation  statement.  This
                                         statement  will state the Terms and
                                         Guaranteed Rates which will apply to
                                         the reinvested Matured Term Value.

                                       11

                                       92

<PAGE>


4.03   GUARANTEED                        During the calendar month following the
       ACCUMULATION                      Term's Maturity Date, one exception is
       ACCOUNT (GAA)                     allowed to the 90 day transfer
       (CONT'D):                         restriction and MVA under sub-paragraph
                                         (e) and Section 7.03 (b). This
                                         exception is applicable to each Matured
                                         Term Value plus any interest accrued
                                         thereon, provided no part of the
                                         Matured Term Value was transferred on
                                         the Maturity Date.

                                         During this calendar month period, the
                                         Contract Holder or  Participant,  as
                                         applicable,  may  request  that Aetna
                                         transfer or surrender  all or part of
                                         the  Matured  Term  Value plus any
                                         interest  accrued thereon from the GAA
                                         without an MVA.  This  provision  only
                                         applies to the first such  request
                                         received  during  this period for any
                                         Matured  Term Value.  The Matured Term
                                         Value plus any interest accrued thereon
                                         may be transferred upon such request
                                         without an MVA:

                                         (1) To any other Terms of the GAA
                                             available in the current Deposit
                                             Period;
                                         (2) To the Fixed Account; or
                                         (3) To any other allowable Fund(s).

                                         If no such notification is given, the
                                         Matured Term Value will  remain
                                         subject to the terms and  conditions
                                         of the new Term.  All Surrender  and
                                         transfer  requests  will be  processed
                                         as of the date they are received in
                                         Good Order at Aetna's Home Office.

                                     (g) Net  Purchase  Payments to the GAA --
                                         All amounts in the GAA under the Short
                                         Term  Classification  are normally
                                         maintained in the General  Account.  At
                                         its option,  Aetna  may  hold  Short
                                         Term  Classifications  of a given
                                         class in a Nonunitized   Separate
                                         Account.

                                         Amounts  in  the  GAA  under  the  Long
                                         Term Classifications  are normally
                                         maintained  in a Nonunitized  Separate
                                         Account. There are no discrete units
                                         for this Nonunitized  Separate
                                         Account.  The Group Trust Contract
                                         Holder, Contract Holder, or
                                         Participant, as applicable, does not
                                         participate  in the  gain or  loss
                                         from  the  assets  held in the
                                         Nonunitized Separate  Account.  Such
                                         gain or loss is borne entirely by
                                         Aetna.  These assets may be chargeable
                                         with liabilities  arising out of any
                                         other business of Aetna. At its option,
                                         Aetna may hold Long Term
                                         Classifications of a given class in its
                                         General Account.

                                         For Terms under both the Short Term and
                                         Long Term Classifications, Aetna
                                         guarantees stipulated interest rates to
                                         be credited to the GAA. All assets of
                                         Aetna including  amounts maintained  in
                                         the GAA are  available to meet the
                                         guarantees  under the GAA.

                                      (h) Changes--Aetna  may change this
                                          Section  4.03,  including  eliminating
                                          the GAA entirely,  with 30 days
                                          advance written notice to the Contract
                                          Holder. Any such change shall become
                                          effective for Purchase Payments,
                                          transfers or reinvestments applied to
                                          any new Term by any present or future
                                          Participant.


                                       12

                                       93


<PAGE>

4.04   FUND(S) RECORD UNITS -        The portion of the Net Purchase Payment(s)
       SEPARATE ACCOUNT:             applied to a Separate Account will
                                     determine the number of Fund(s) Record
                                     Units. This number is equal to the Net
                                     Purchase Payment(s)  applied to the Fund
                                     divided by the  Fund(s)  Record Unit Value
                                     (see 4.06) for the Valuation Period in
                                     which the Purchase Payment is received in
                                     Good Order.

4.05   NET RETURN FACTOR(S)-         The Net Return Factor(s) are used to
       SEPARATE ACCOUNT:             compute all Separate Account Record Units
                                     for any Fund(s).

                                     The Net Return  Factor for each Fund is
                                     equal to 1.0000000  plus the Net Return
                                     Rate.

                                     The Net Return Rate is equal to:

                                     (a) The value of the shares of the Fund
                                         held by a Separate Account at the end
                                         of a Valuation Period; minus

                                     (b) The value of the shares of such Fund
                                         held by the Separate Account at the
                                         start of the Valuation Period; plus or
                                         minus

                                     (c) Taxes (or reserves for taxes) on the
                                         Separate Account (if any); divided by

                                     (d) The total  value of such Fund's Record
                                         Units (see 4.04) in the Separate
                                         Account  at the start of the Valuation
                                         Period; minus

                                     (e) The Daily Asset Charge (see
                                         Specifications).

                                     A Net  Return  Rate  may be  more or less
                                     than 0. The value of a share of any Fund is
                                     equal to the net  assets of the Fund
                                     divided by the number of shares
                                     outstanding.

4.06   FUND(S) RECORD UNIT           A Fund(s) Record Unit Value is computed by
       VALUE--SEPARATE               multiplying the Net Return Factors for the
       ACCOUNT:                      current Valuation Period by the Fund(s)
                                     Record Unit Value for the previous Period.
                                     The dollar value of a Fund(s) Record Unit
                                     and Separate Account assets may go up or
                                     down due to investment gain or loss.



4.07   EXPERIENCE CREDITS:           Aetna may apply  Experience  Credits
                                     (investment, administrative, mortality or
                                     otherwise) under this Contract. Such
                                     credits may be applied as a reduction in
                                     Maintenance Fees or Daily Asset Charge, or
                                     an increase in the Fixed Account  interest
                                     rate.  Experience  Credits may be applied
                                     in such other manner as Aetna deems
                                     appropriate for the class of contracts to
                                     which this Contract belongs within the
                                     state of issue. Any such credit will be
                                     computed for contracts of the same class in
                                     accordance with Aetna's  administrative
                                     practice consistently applied.

4.08   INSTALLATION CHARGE:          The Installation Charge, if any, is payable
                                     at the Effective Date. If an Installation
                                     Charge is applicable to this Contract it
                                     will be disclosed in the Specifications.
                                     The amount of the Installation Charge is
                                     determined by the number of employees
                                     eligible to participate in the Plan(s) and
                                     the existence and duration of any
                                     applicable Surrender Charge (see 7.04).
                                     This charge is to be

                                       13

                                       94




<PAGE>

4.08   INSTALLATION CHARGE           paid separately by the Contract Holder to
       (CONT'D):                     Aetna with the application. Aetna will
                                     refund any Purchase Payment received from
                                     the Contract Holder prior to the payment of
                                     the Installation Charge to Aetna.

4.09   MAINTENANCE FEE:              There is an  annual  Maintenance  Fee of
                                     $25 per Plan Account.  The "due date" for
                                     such Fee is the last day of each Contract
                                     Year. The Fee will be deducted from each
                                     Plan Account on the due date. If Aetna
                                     maintains asset  accounts  within a
                                     Participant  Account  (see  3.02),  only
                                     one  annual Maintenance Fee will be
                                     deducted for such Participant  Account.
                                     With respect to such  Participant
                                     Accounts,  the Fee will be deducted from
                                     the Current Value of the asset account(s)
                                     identified in the Specifications. Aetna, in
                                     its discretion, may change such asset
                                     account  designation  by notifying the
                                     Contract  Holder of such change.

                                     Aetna will not apply the  Maintenance Fee
                                     to the Trustee Account or a Separated
                                     Employee  Account on any due date that the
                                     Current Value of such Account is less than
                                     $100.  Aetna  will  not  apply  the
                                     Maintenance  Fee  to a  Participant's
                                     Participant  Account on any due date that:

                                     (a) The  Current  Value of the asset
                                         account(s)  designated  in the
                                         Specifications,  or as  subsequently
                                         changed by Aetna,  is  less  than
                                         $100;  or

                                     (b) Is  within  120  calendar  days  of
                                         the Participant's   signed  election
                                         for  enrollment   under  this
                                         Contract.

                                     The Maintenance  Fee for all of the
                                     Participant  Accounts,  the  Trustee
                                     Accounts, and/or all of the Separated
                                     Employee Accounts may be paid to Aetna
                                     separately by the Contract Holder. If this
                                     option is requested, a notice will be
                                     mailed to the Contract  Holder on or before
                                     the due date.  If the Fee is not received
                                     by Aetna by the 30th  calendar day
                                     following  the due date, it will be
                                     deducted from the Plan Accounts. Unless the
                                     Contract Holder requests a reinstatement of
                                     the annual notice,  Maintenance  Fees  will
                                     continue  to be  deducted  for all
                                     subsequent Contract  Years.

                                     Upon full  Surrender  (see 7.01 ) of this
                                     Contract the annual Maintenance Fee will be
                                     deducted. If, however, such a Surrender
                                     occurs less than 90  calendar  days  after
                                     the  previous  due  date,  Aetna  will not
                                     apply the Maintenance  Fee.

                                     After  5  completed  Contract  Years  Aetna
                                     may  change  the Maintenance Fee with 30
                                     days advance written notice to the Contract
                                     Holder.  Any such change  shall  apply from
                                     its  Effective  Date to all amounts  held
                                     in Plan Accounts. In no event, however,
                                     will any such change result in a
                                     Maintenance Fee higher than the then
                                     current  Maintenance  Fee being  charged to
                                     purchasers  of contracts of the same class
                                     as this Contract.

                                       14

                                       95


<PAGE>

4.10   AUTOMATION DISCOUNT:          Aetna may reduce the Maintenance Fee
                                     applied to Participant Accounts if the
                                     Contract Holder remits electronic data, in
                                     Good Order and in a format acceptable to
                                     Aetna, for crediting Net Purchase Payments
                                     to Participant Accounts, in accordance with
                                     Aetna's existing administrative practices.
                                     At installation, this includes data Aetna
                                     needs to establish Participant Accounts for
                                     enrolling Participants.



                                     Aetna reserves the right to revoke this
                                     Maintenance Fee reduction if, in Aetna's
                                     opinion, Good Order requirements are not
                                     met.

V. TRANSFERS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5.01   TRANSFER OF CURRENT           Before an Annuity Option is elected, all or
       VALUE FROM THE FUNDS          any portion of the Current Value of any
       OR GAA:                       Plan Account held in a Fund or the GAA may
                                     be transferred:

                                     (a) To any other allowable Fund;
                                     (b) To the Fixed Account; or
                                     (c) To Terms of the GAA available in the
                                         current Deposit Period.

                                     With respect to any Plan Account,  the
                                     aggregate transfers to the Fixed Account
                                     from the Fund(s) and/or the GAA and/or
                                     Purchase Payments from investment  options
                                     not provided  under this Contract may not,
                                     in any calendar  year,  exceed 20% of the
                                     value of the Fund(s) and the GAA in such
                                     Plan Account as of January 1 of that
                                     calendar  year.  Aetna may, on a temporary
                                     basis allow any larger percent to be
                                     transferred to the Fixed Account.

                                     Amounts in a specific GAA Term  cannot be
                                     transferred  to the Deposit  Period of
                                     another Term within the same
                                     Classification  except at the Term's
                                     maturity (see 4.03(f)).

                                     Amounts applied to Classifications of the
                                     GAA may not be transferred to the Funds
                                     during the Deposit Period or for 90 days
                                     after the close of the Deposit  Period.
                                     Transfers  from Terms of the GAA are
                                     subject to the Withdrawal and MVA
                                     provisions (see 7.03).

                                     Twelve  transfers  (excluding  transfers
                                     from the GAA at the end of a Guaranteed
                                     Term) can be made during a calendar  year
                                     period.  However,  only the  Contract
                                     Holder or the  Participant  (with the
                                     consent of the  Contract  Holder) may tell
                                     Aetna to make such transfers.  Aetna, in
                                     its sole discretion, may refuse to make
                                     such  transfers at the direction of any
                                     other person,  even if such other person
                                     has  been  authorized  by the  Contract
                                     Holder  or  Participant  to  make  such
                                     transfers.  More than 12 such  transfers in
                                     any calendar  year,  if permitted by Aetna,
                                     may be subject to an additional fee in
                                     accordance with Aetna's  existing
                                     administrative practice.

                                       15

                                       96

<PAGE>


5.02   TRANSFER OF CURRENT           10% of that portion of the Current Value of
       VALUE FROM THE FIXED          each Plan Account held in the Fixed Account
       ACCOUNT:                      as of January 1 of a calendar year may be
                                     transferred to any of the other Fund(s), or
                                     to the GAA Term(s) available during the
                                     current Deposit Period. Such transfer will
                                     be:

                                     (a) Without charge;
                                     (b) Allowed once per calendar year; and
                                     (c) Not allowed under an Annuity Option.

                                     Aetna  may,  on a temporary  basis allow
                                     any larger percent to be transferred.

                                     Any remaining balance in the Fixed  Account
                                     under a Plan  Account may be transferred
                                     by the  Contract  Holder or the Participant
                                     (with  the   consent   of  the Contract
                                     Holder) in its  entirety to any of the
                                     other  Fund(s),  or to the  GAA  Term(s)
                                     available  during the current Deposit
                                     Period if:

                                     (a) The Plan Account  Current  Value in the
                                         Fixed Account is less than $2000; or

                                     (b) The maximum   percentage  of  the  Plan
                                         Account Current  Value  in  the  Fixed
                                         Account  was transferred in each of the
                                         four  consecutive prior  calendar
                                         years and no additional Net Purchase
                                         Payment(s)  have been allocated to the
                                         Fixed  Account  during  the  same  four
                                         consecutive prior calendar year
                                         periods.

5.03   SYSTEMATIC ALLOCATION:        A Systematic  Allocation  involves  placing
                                     a lump  sum  in one  Fund  (mutual  fund)
                                     and having it  reallocated  to  another
                                     Fund in substantially  equal  monthly
                                     installments. The purpose of a Systematic
                                     Allocation is to permit  shares  of  the
                                     second  Fund  to be purchased using the
                                     "dollar-cost-averaging" method.  The amount
                                     applied to a Systematic Allocation  must be
                                     no less  than  $100  per month  over a
                                     period of at least 12  months. Systematic
                                     Allocations  for a period longer than  24
                                     months  must  be  consented  to by Aetna.

                                     Systematic  Allocations  may not be made
                                     from,  or to, the Fixed Account or the GAA.
                                     Aetna  reserves the right to limit the
                                     Funds that can be used to pay out or
                                     receive  Systematic  Allocations.

                                     With respect to a  Participant  Account,
                                     the Participant (with the consent of the
                                     Contract Holder), may initiate a Systematic
                                     Allocation. Unless otherwise consented to
                                     by Aetna, no Participant may have more than
                                     one Systematic Allocation in  effect.  A
                                     Participant  may  revoke a  Systematic
                                     Allocation  at any time.

                                     Transfers made by reason of a Systematic
                                     Allocation  will not reduce the number of
                                     investment transfers that can be made
                                     pursuant to Section 5.01.

                                       16

                                       97


<PAGE>

5.04   REQUIRED DISTRIBUTION         Distribution from a Participant Account or
       TO PARTICIPANT:               a Separated Employee Account  to the
                                     Participant  must begin in the form of
                                     periodic payments no later than the April 1
                                     following the calendar year in which the
                                     Participant attains age 70 1/2, or such
                                     other age as may be provided by law, or be
                                     made in a lump sum by the same date. The
                                     Contract Holder must direct Aetna to
                                     commence such Annuity or make such payment.

5.05   SUM PAYABLE AT DEATH          Aetna will pay the Current Value to the
       (BEFORE ANNUITY               beneficiary (see 8.07) if:
       PAYMENTS START):
                                     (a) The Participant dies before Annuity
                                         payments start; and

                                     (b) The notice of death is received by
                                         Aetna.

                                     The sum paid will be the Current Value for
                                     the  Valuation  Period in which the notice
                                     is received in Good Order at Aetna's Home
                                     Office.

5.06   DISTRIBUTION OPTIONS:         The following distribution options may be
                                     elected from the Participant Accounts and
                                     Separated Employee Accounts.

                                     (a) Estate Conservation Option (ECO): A
                                         distribution option under  which  a
                                         portion  of  the   Participant
                                         Account   Current  Value  will
                                         automatically  be surrendered and
                                         distributed  each year. An ECO payment
                                         will be calculated on the  Participant
                                         Account  Current Value and will be
                                         withdrawn pro rata from each investment
                                         option and asset account used for
                                         distribution. Except as stated in
                                         sub-paragraph  (5)  below,  all
                                         rights,  provisions  and  charges
                                         described in the Contract  continue to
                                         apply to the  remaining  Current Value
                                         in the Participant  Account.


                                         (1) Amount of Distribution:  Each year
                                             that ECO is in effect,  Aetna will
                                             calculate  and  distribute  an
                                             amount  equal to the minimum
                                             distribution required under the
                                             Code. The annual distribution will
                                             be determined by dividing the
                                             Participant  Account Current Value
                                             as of December 31 of the year prior
                                             to the  payment  year,  by a life
                                             expectancy  factor.

                                             As  elected by the Contract  Holder
                                             on behalf of the  Participant,  the
                                             factor is either the single life or
                                             joint  life  expectancy  based on
                                             tables in Code  Section  401 (a)(9)
                                             or related regulations.  Life
                                             expectancy factors will be
                                             recalculated each year. If the
                                             joint life expectancy is elected
                                             and the spouse is not the
                                             beneficiary under the Plan, the
                                             beneficiary's  life  expectancy
                                             will not be  recalculated.

                                             These calculations  may be  changed
                                             as  necessary  to  comply  with the
                                             Code  minimum distribution rules.
                                             The joint life expectancy will be
                                             based on the joint life of the
                                             Participant  and his or her
                                             beneficiary  under  the  Plan.  If
                                             joint  life expectancy is elected
                                             and the  Participant or
                                             beneficiary  under the Plan dies,
                                             payments will be based on the
                                             survivor's  life  expectancy.  If
                                             the  beneficiary under the Plan is
                                             not the Participant's  spouse and
                                             the non-spousal  beneficiary dies
                                             first, the joint life


                                       17

                                       98

<PAGE>

5.06   DISTRIBUTION OPTIONS                  expectancy continues. If a single
       (CONT'D):                             life expectancy is elected   and
                                             the  Participant  dies,  or  if  a
                                             joint  life expectancy is elected
                                             and the survivor dies, the sum
                                             payable at death (see 5.05) will be
                                             paid in a lump sum.

                                             Aetna assumes no responsibility for
                                             tax consequences resulting from
                                             failure to receive required minimum
                                             distributions on additional
                                             Purchase Payments made after each
                                             year's annual distribution.




                                         (2) Minimum Current Value: At its
                                             discretion, Aetna may require a
                                             minimum initial Current Value for
                                             election of this option. If after
                                             election of this option, the
                                             Current  Value is  insufficient  to
                                             make a  scheduled  ECO  payment,
                                             Aetna will distribute the entire
                                             balance of the Participant Account.

                                         (3) Date of Distribution: The Contract
                                             Holder shall specify an annual
                                             distribution date on behalf of the
                                             Participant.  The distribution
                                             date may be the 15th of any month,
                                             or such other date Aetna may
                                             designate or allow. Distributions
                                             may not start earlier than the year
                                             the Participant attains age 70 1/2,
                                             or such later time when
                                             distributions must commence as
                                             specified under the Code, whichever
                                             is appropriate. Subsequent
                                             distributions  will be made on the
                                             anniversary of that date.

                                             Aetna will allow a later annual
                                             distribution  date to be
                                             designated;  however,  Aetna will
                                             not be responsible for compliance
                                             with the Code minimum  distribution
                                             requirements for any  prior  time
                                             periods.  In  addition,  Aetna will
                                             not be  responsible  for compliance
                                             with the  Code requirements  for
                                             any  Participant Accounts  and/or
                                             Contracts for which this election
                                             is not made.

                                         (4) Election and Revocation:  ECO may
                                             be elected by the Contract Holder
                                             on behalf of the Participant by
                                             submitting a completed and signed
                                             election form to Aetna's Home
                                             Office.  For a Participant subject
                                             to the Retirement  Equity Act
                                             (REA),  the Participant's spouse
                                             must consent to the election of
                                             this option in writing in a form
                                             acceptable to Aetna.

                                             Once elected,  this option may be
                                             revoked by the Contract Holder by
                                             submitting a written request to
                                             Aetna at its Home Office.  Any
                                             revocation will apply only to
                                             amounts not yet paid. ECO may be
                                             elected only once.

                                         (5) Reservation of Rights: Aetna
                                             reserves  the right to change the
                                             terms of ECO for future  elections
                                             and discontinue  the  availability
                                             of this option after proper
                                             notification.  Aetna also  reserves
                                             the  right to allow  payments  to
                                             be made more  frequently  than
                                             annually.

                                       18

                                       99

<PAGE>


5.06   DISTRIBUTION OPTIONS          (b) Systematic  Withdrawal  Option (SWO):
       (CONT'D):                         A distribution  option under which a
                                         portion  of  the  Participant  Account
                                         Current  Value  will  automatically  be
                                         surrendered and distributed  each year.
                                         A SWO payment will be calculated on the
                                         Participant  Account  Current  Value
                                         and will be  withdrawn  pro rata from
                                         each investment option and asset
                                         account used for distribution.  Except
                                         as stated in sub-paragraph  (5) below,
                                         all rights,  provisions and charges
                                         described in the Contract  continue to
                                         apply to the remaining  Current Value
                                         in the  Participant Account.

                                         (1) Amount of  Distribution:  The
                                             Contract  Holder may elect one of
                                             the three payment methods described
                                             below on behalf of a Participant.
                                             These calculations may be changed
                                             as necessary to comply with the
                                             Code minimum distribution rules.

                                             o Specified Payment: Payments of a
                                               designated  dollar amount which
                                               must be no greater  than 10% of
                                               the  initial  Current  Value  and
                                               shall  remain  constant.
                                               Beginning  with  the  year  the
                                               Participant  attains  age 70 1/2
                                               or such  time distributions  must
                                               commence  under the Code,  Aetna
                                               will calculate the minimum
                                               required  distribution by
                                               dividing the Participant  Account
                                               Current Value as of December 31
                                               of the year prior to the payment
                                               year by a life expectancy
                                               factor, and distribute this
                                               amount if it is greater than the
                                               elected Specified Payment; or

                                             o Specified Period:  Payments which
                                               are made over a period of time
                                               which must be at least 10 years.
                                               The  maximum  specified  period
                                               will be limited by the life
                                               expectancy  factor.  The amount
                                               paid each year is  calculated  by
                                               dividing  the Participant
                                               Account  Current  Value as of
                                               December 31 of the year prior to
                                               the payment year by the number of
                                               payment years remaining; or

                                             o Specified  Percentage:  Payments
                                               of a  designated  percentage  of
                                               the Current Value.  The
                                               percentage  specified  cannot be
                                               greater  than 10% of the  initial
                                               Current Value. By written request
                                               this percentage may be changed,
                                               however Aetna reserves the right
                                               to limit the number of changes.
                                               The amount paid each year is
                                               calculated by multiplying the
                                               Participant  Account Current
                                               Value as of December 31 of the
                                               year prior to the payment year by
                                               the chosen percentage. Payments
                                               will be made until the year the
                                               Participant  attains  age 70 1/2,
                                               or such later time when
                                               distributions must commence as
                                               specified under the Code.

                                             As elected by the Contract Holder
                                             on behalf of the Participant if
                                             Specified  Payment or Specified
                                             Period is elected,  the factor is
                                             either the single life or joint
                                             life expectancy  based on tables in
                                             Code Section 401(a)(9) or related
                                             regulations. With each subsequent
                                             year, the life expectancy will be
                                             the life expectancy factor for the
                                             initial distribution year, reduced
                                             by one.

                                       19


                                      100


<PAGE>

5.06   DISTRIBUTION OPTIONS                  The joint life  expectancy  will be
       (CONT'D):                             based on the joint life of the
                                             Participant and his or her
                                             beneficiary  under the Plan. If
                                             joint life expectancy is elected
                                             and the Participant or beneficiary
                                             under the Plan dies on or after the
                                             required beginning date for minimum
                                             distributions  to the Participant,
                                             the joint life expectancy factor
                                             will  continue  to be reduced by
                                             one for each  distribution year.
                                             Payments will continue,  unless the
                                             survivor elects an alternate
                                             payment method. Any method elected
                                             must provide payments to be made at
                                             least as rapidly as those made
                                             prior to the Participant's death.

                                             If  the  Participant  dies  before
                                             the required  beginning  date  for
                                             minimum distributions, SWO payments
                                             will cease and the Participant
                                             Account Current Value will be paid
                                             (see 5.05). If joint life
                                             expectancy is elected and the
                                             beneficiary under the Plan dies
                                             before the required beginning date
                                             for minimum distributions to the
                                             Participant, payments to the
                                             Participant, will continue under
                                             the elected payment method.

                                             Aetna assumes no responsibility
                                             for tax consequences  resulting
                                             from failure to receive  required
                                             minimum  distributions on
                                             additional  deposits  made  after
                                             December 31 of the prior year.

                                         (2) Minimum Current Value:  At its
                                             discretion,  Aetna may  require a
                                             minimum initial  Current  Value for
                                             election of this option.  If after
                                             election of this option the Current
                                             Value is insufficient to make a
                                             scheduled SWO payment,  Aetna will
                                             distribute the entire balance of
                                             the Participant Account.

                                         (3) Date of  Distribution:  The
                                             Contract  Holder  shall  specify
                                             the  initial distribution  date on
                                             behalf of the Participant,  but not
                                             before the Participant attains  the
                                             age of 59 1/2 and not later than
                                             the  required  beginning  date for
                                             distributions under the Code.

                                             SWO payments will be made monthly,
                                             quarterly,  semi-annually,  or
                                             annually on the 15th of any month,
                                             or such other date Aetna my
                                             designate or allow.  If payments
                                             are made more frequently  than
                                             annually,  the annual amount
                                             payable each year is divided by the
                                             number of payments  due per year.
                                             At its  discretion,  Aetna may
                                             require a minimum initial payment
                                             amount.

                                             Aetna will not be responsible for
                                             compliance with the Code minimum
                                             distribution requirements  for any
                                             prior time periods or for any
                                             Participant  Accounts and/or
                                             Contracts for which election is not
                                             made.

                                       20

                                      101


<PAGE>

5.06   DISTRIBUTION OPTIONS              (4) Election  and  Revocation:  SWO may
       (CONT'D):                             be elected by the  Contract  Holder
                                             on behalf of the Participant by
                                             submitting a completed and signed
                                             election form to Aetna's Home
                                             Office.  For a Participant  subject
                                             to the  Retirement  Equity Act
                                             (REA), the Participant's  spouse
                                             must consent to the election of
                                             this option in writing in a form
                                             acceptable to Aetna.

                                             Once elected, this option may be
                                             revoked by the Contract Holder by
                                             submitting a written request to
                                             Aetna at its Home Office.  Any
                                             revocation will apply only to
                                             amounts not yet paid. SWO may be
                                             elected only once.

                                         (5) Reservation of Rights:  Aetna
                                             reserves the right to change the
                                             terms of SWO for future  elections
                                             and  discontinue  the  availability
                                             of this option after proper
                                             notification.

                                     (c) Other Distribution Options: Other
                                         distribution options may be made
                                         available by Aetna to the class of
                                         business to which this Contract belongs
                                         in accordance with Aetna's
                                         administrative practice.

VI. ANNUITY PROVISIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6.01   CHOICES TO BE MADE:           The Contract Holder may tell Aetna, on
                                     behalf of a retired  Participant,  to pay
                                     any portion of a Participant's  Participant
                                     Account (minus any premium tax) as a
                                     premium for an Annuity under Option 1, 2,
                                     3, or 4 (see 6.06).  The first Annuity
                                     payment must  generally  be made no later
                                     than the April 1 of the calendar  year
                                     following  the year in which the  retired
                                     Participant  turns age 70 1/2 or such later
                                     date as may be allowed  under federal law
                                     or  regulations.  In lieu of the election
                                     of an annuity or a distribution  option
                                     under 5.06, the Contract Holder may tell
                                     Aetna to make a lump sum payment (see
                                     7.01).

                                     When an Annuity Option is chosen,  Aetna
                                     must also be told if payments are to be
                                     made other than monthly.

                                     Only a Fixed Annuity using the General
                                     Account is available under this Contract.
                                     Aetna will add interest daily at an annual
                                     rate no less than 3.0%. Aetna may add
                                     interest daily at any higher rate.

6.02   ANNUITY PAYMENTS              In no event may any payments to the
       TO ANNUITANT:                 Annuitant  under any Annuity  Option extend
                                     beyond.

                                     (a) The life of the Annuitant;

                                     (b) The lives of the Annuitant and the
                                         Annuitant's  beneficiary under the
                                         Plan;



                                       21

                                      102

<PAGE>

6.02   ANNUITY PAYMENTS              (c) Any  certain  period  greater  than
       TO ANNUITANT (CONT'D):            the  Annuitant's  life  expectancy  as
                                         determined according to regulations
                                         under Code Section 401 (a)(9); or

                                     (d) Any certain period greater than the
                                         life expectancy of the Annuitant and
                                         the Annuitant's  beneficiary under the
                                         Plan, as determined  according to
                                         regulations under Code Section 401
                                         (a)(9).

6.03   ANNUITY PAYMENTS TO           If the beneficiary (see 8.07) elects  an
       PARTICIPANT'S BENEFICIARY     Annuity  Option  on behalf  of  the
       UNDER THE PLAN:               Participant's beneficiary  under the Plan,
                                     in no event  may  payments  to the
                                     Participant's beneficiary under an
                                     Annuity    Option   extend beyond:

                                     (a) The life of the Participant's
                                         beneficiary determined as of the date
                                         payments are to commence; or

                                     (b) Any certain period greater than the
                                         Participant's beneficiary's life
                                         expectancy  as determined by
                                         regulations   under   Code Section 401
                                         (a)(9).

                                         However,    if    a    Participant's
                                         beneficiary  dies while under Option 1
                                         or   while   receiving   Annuity
                                         payments,  the present  value of any
                                         remaining  payments  will be paid in
                                         one  lump sum to the  estate  of the
                                         Participant's    beneficiary.    The
                                         interest  rate used to determine the
                                         first   payment   will  be  used  to
                                         calculate the present value.

6.04   TERMS OF ANNUITY              (a) When payments  start,  the age of the
       OPTIONS:                          Annuitant plus the number of years, if
                                         any, for which payments are guaranteed
                                         must not exceed 95.

                                     (b) The present value of the expected
                                         payments to the  Annuitant  when
                                         payments start shall be more than 50%
                                         of the present value of the total
                                         expected payments to be made. This
                                         restriction does not apply if Option 4
                                         is chosen and the second Annuitant is
                                         the spouse of the Annuitant.

                                     (c) No choice of any Annuity  Option may be
                                         made if the first  payment would be
                                         less than $50 or if the total  payments
                                         in a year  would be less than $250
                                         (unless otherwise required by state
                                         law).

                                     (d) If an Annuity under Option 2, 3, or 4
                                         is chosen and a larger  payment would
                                         result from applying the Surrender
                                         Value to a current Aetna single premium
                                         immediate Annuity, Aetna will make the
                                         larger payment.

                                     (e) For purposes of calculating  the
                                         payments for an Annuity,  the
                                         Annuitant's and Second  Annuitant's
                                         adjusted  age will be used.  The
                                         Annuitant's  and Second  Annuitant's
                                         adjusted  age is his  or  her  age as
                                         of the  birthday closest to the Annuity
                                         commencement  date  reduced by one year
                                         for Annuity commencement  date
                                         occurring  during  the period of time
                                         from July 1, 1992 through December 31,
                                         1999. The Annuitant's age will be
                                         reduced by two years for Annuity
                                         commencement  dates  occurring  during
                                         the period of time from January 1, 2000

                                       22


                                      103

<PAGE>

6.04   TERMS OF ANNUITY                  through  December 31, 2009. The
       OPTIONS (CONT'D):                 Annuitant's  and Second  Annuitant's
                                         age will be reduced by one additional
                                         year for Annuity  commencement dates
                                         occurring in each succeeding decade.


6.05   DEATH OF ANNUITANT:           When an Annuitant  dies under Option 2 or
                                     3, the  present  value  of any  remaining
                                     guaranteed  payments  will be paid in one
                                     sum to the beneficiary,  or upon election
                                     by   the   beneficiary,   any   remaining
                                     payments will continue to the beneficiary.

6.06   ANNUITY OPTIONS:              Option 1--Payment of Interest on Sum Left
                                     with Aetna--This Option may be used only by
                                     the  beneficiary  when the  Participant
                                     dies  before  Aetna has started paying an
                                     Annuity. A portion or all of the sum paid
                                     upon death may be held under this  Option
                                     and will be held in the General  Account of
                                     Aetna at interest  (see 6.01). The
                                     beneficiary may later tell Aetna to:

                                     (a) Pay a portion or all of the sum held by
                                         Aetna; or

                                     (b) Apply a portion or all of the sum held
                                         by Aetna to any Annuity Option below.

                                     Option  2--Payments for a Stated Period of
                                     Time--An Annuity will be paid for the
                                     number of years chosen. The number of years
                                     must be at least 5 and not more than 30.

                                     Option 3--Life Income--An Annuity will be
                                     paid for the life of the Annuitant. If also
                                     chosen, Aetna will guarantee payments for
                                     60, 120, 180, or 240 months.

                                     Option 4--Life  Income for Two Payees--An
                                     Annuity will be paid during the lives of
                                     the Annuitant and a second Annuitant.  At
                                     the death of either,  payments will
                                     continue to the survivor. When this Option
                                     is chosen, a choice must be made of:

                                     (a) 100% of the payment to continue to the
                                         survivor;

                                     (b) 66 2/3% of the payment to continue to
                                         the survivor;

                                     (c) 50% of the payment to continue to the
                                         survivor;

                                     (d) Payments for a minimum of 120 months
                                         with 100% of the payment to continue to
                                         the survivor; or

                                     (e) 100% of the  payment to continue  to
                                         the  survivor  if the  survivor is the
                                         Annuitant  and  50% of the  payment to
                                         continue  to the  survivor  if the
                                         survivor is the second Annuitant.

                                     Other Options -- Aetna may make other
                                     options  available as allowed by the laws
                                     of the state in which this Contract is
                                     delivered.

6.07   ANNUITY TABLES:               In the following  Annuity tables,  the
                                     rates shown for Options 3 and 4 are based
                                     on mortality  from the 1983 GAM,  Table a.
                                     The rates do not differ by sex. Rates for
                                     ages not shown will be  provided  on
                                     request and will be computed on a basis
                                     consistent with the rates shown in the
                                     following tables.

                                       23



                                      104



<PAGE>

                                    OPTION 2


                      Payments for a Stated Period of Time

                 Amount of First Monthly Payment for Each $1,000
                 After Deduction of any Charge for Premium Taxes

         Rates for a Fixed Annuity with Guaranteed Interest Rate of 3.0%

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             Guaranteed      Monthly        Quarterly         Semi-Annual      Annual
Years          Rate          Payment         Payment             Payment      Payment

<S>            <C>             <C>            <C>                <C>           <C>
  5            3.00%           17.91          53.59              106.78        211.99
  6            3 00%           15.14          45.30               90.27        179.22
  7            3.00%           13.16          39.39               78.49        155.83
  8            3.00%           11.68          34.96               69.66        138.31
  9            3.00%           10.53          31.52               62.81        124.69
  10           3.00%           9.61           28.77               57.33        113.82
  11           3.00%           8.86           26.52               52.85        104.93
  12           3.00%           8.24           24.65               49.13         97.54
  13           3.00%           7.71           23.08               45.98         91.29
  14           3.00%           7.26           21.73               43.29         85.95
  15           3.00%           6.87           20.56               40.96         81.33
  16           3.00%           6.53           19.54               38.93         77.29
  17           3.00%           6.23           18.64               37.14         73.74
  18           3.00%           5.96           17.84               35.56         70.59
  19           3.00%           5.73           17.13               34.14         67.78
  20           3.00%           5.51           16.50               32.87         65.26
  21           3.00%           5.32           15.92               31.72         62.98
  22           3.00%           5.15           15.40               30.68         60.92
  23           3.00%           4.99           14.92               29.74         59.04
  24           3.00%           4.84           14.49               28.88         57.33
  25           3.00%           4.71           14.09               28.08         55.76
  26           3.00%           4.59           13.73               27.36         54.31
  27           3.00%           4.47           13.39               26.68         52.97
  28           3.00%           4.37           13.08               26.06         51.74
  29           3.00%           4.27           12.79               25.49         50.60
  30           3.00%           4.18           12.52               24.95         49.53

</TABLE>


                                       24

                                      105

<PAGE>


                                    OPTION 3


                                   Life Income

                 Amount of First Monthly Payment for Each $1,000
                 After Deduction of any Charge for Premium Taxes

         Rates for a Fixed Annuity with Guaranteed Interest Rate of 3.0%

                Payments Guaranteed for a Stated Period of Months



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


  Adjusted
   Age of
 Annuitant          None                60              120      180            240

   <S>             <C>                  <C>             <C>      <C>           <C>
      50            $ 4.05             $4.05           $  4.03   $ 3.99         $ 3.93
      51              4.12              4.11              4.09     4.05           3.99
      52              4.19              4.19              4.16     4.11           4.04
      53              4.27              4.26              4.23     4.18           4.10
      54              4.35              4.34              4.31     4.25           4.16
      55              4.44              4.42              4.39     4.32           4.22
      56              4.53              4.51              4.47     4.40           4.29
      57              4.62              4.61              4.56     4.48           4.35
      58              4.72              4.71              4.65     4.56           4.42
      59              4.83              4.81              4.75     4.64           4.49
      60              4.95              4.93              4.86     4.73           4.55
      61              5.07              5.05              4.97     4.83           4.62
      62              5.20              5.17              5.08     4.92           4.69
      63              5.34              5.31              5.20     5.02           4.76
      64              5.49              5.45              5.33     5.12           4.83
      65              5.65              5.61              5.47     5.22           4.89
      66              5.82              5.77              5.61     5.33           4.96
      67              6.01              5.94              5.75     5.44           5.02
      68              6.20              6.13              5.91     5.54           5.08
      69              6.41              6.33              6.07     5.65           5.14
      70              6.64              6.54              6.23     5.76           5.19
      71              6.88              6.76              6.41     5.86           5.24
      72              7.14              7.00              6.59     5.97           5.28
      73              7.43              7.26              6.77     6.06           5.32
      74              7.73              7.53              6.96     6.16           5.35
      75              8.06              7.82              7.14     6.25           5.38

</TABLE>

                                       25

                                      106

<PAGE>



                                 OPTION 4


                           Life Income for Two Payees

                 Amount of First Monthly Payment for Each $1,000
                 After Deduction of any Charge for Premium Taxes

         Rates for a Fixed Annuity with Guaranteed Interest Rate of 3.0%

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Adjusted Ages
                Second
Annuitant      Annuitant    Option 4a      Option 4b      Option 4c      Option 4d      Option 4e

<S><C>
55                50          $3.69          $4.05          $4.27          $3.69          $4.03
55                55           3.88           4.25           4.47           3.87           4.14
55                60           3.99           4.44           4.71           3.98           4.42

60                55           3.99           4.44           4.71           3.98           4.42
60                60           4.24           4.71           4.99           4.23           4.57
60                65           4.38           4.97           5.32           4.38           4.93

65                60           4.38           4.97           5.32           4.38           4.93
65                65           4.72           5.33           5.70           4.71           5.14
65                70           4.93           5.68           6.15           4.91           5.66

70                65           4.93           5.68           6.15           4.91           5.66
70                70           5.40           6.21           6.70           5.36           5.96
70                75           5.69           6.68           7.32           5.62           6.67

75                70           5.69           6.68           7.32           5.62           6.67
75                75           6.37           7.45           8.15           6.23           7.12
75                80           6.78           8.11           8.99           6.54           8.13

</TABLE>


                                       26

                                      107

<PAGE>


VII. WITHDRAWALS AND TERMINATION OF CONTRACT


7.01 PAYMENT OF
SURRENDER VALUE:

The charges on, and adjustments to, withdrawals from this Contract depend upon
whether the withdrawal constitutes a Surrender or a Benefit. A "Surrender" is
any withdrawal from this Contract for any purpose other than to pay a Benefit.

"Benefits" are payments under this Contract made pursuant to Plan provisions for
reasons of Participant retirement, termination of employment, death, disability,
hardship, loan, or in-service withdrawals after age 59 1/2. Benefits are not
subject to a Surrender Charge or Maintenance Fee deduction. Benefits may also
include such other payments made pursuant to Plan provisions as may be agreed to
by Aetna in accordance with its existing administrative practice. The Contract
Holder must supply documentation acceptable to Aetna to support requests for
Benefit payments.

Participant Surrenders are not permitted under this Contract, except for
Split-Funded Plans paying the higher Daily Asset Charge (see 2.03). A Plan that
permits in-service withdrawals prior to age 59 1/2, may do so by electing to pay
the Daily Asset Charge for a Split-Funded Plan, in which event such a withdrawal
can be effected as a Participant Surrender.

The Contract Holder may surrender this Contract for its Current Value. At the
time of a Participant or Contract Holder full or partial Surrender request, the
Current Value will be adjusted by the following items in the order presented:

(a) the Fixed Account MVA, as applicable (see 7.02(b));
(b) the GAA MVA, as applicable (see 7.03(b));
(c) the Maintenance Fee, as applicable (see 4.09); and 
(d) the Surrender Charge, as applicable (see 7.04).

Certain withdrawals to pay Benefits will also be subject to MVAs (see 7.02(b)
and 7.03(b)).

Full and partial Surrenders are satisfied by withdrawing amounts from each of
the Fund(s), the Fixed Account, the GAA Short Term Classification and the GAA 
Long Term Classification on a pro rata basis. However, the Contract Holder may
specify a particular order in which investment options will be liquidated in
order to satisfy a partial Surrender request.

Under certain emergency conditions, Aetna may defer payment from the General
Account or GAA:

(a) For a period of up to 6 months (unless not allowed by state law);
or
(b) As provided by federal law.

                                       27

                                      108


<PAGE>



7.02 PAYMENT OF FIXED ACCOUNT SURRENDER VALUE:


Aetna will pay an unadjusted lump sum from the Fixed Account for the purpose of
paying a Benefit, where the withdrawal is made proportionately from the Fixed
Account, GAA, and the Funds from all applicable asset accounts. On all Benefits
payable from the Fixed Account that are not so withdrawn proportionately, and on
all Surrenders from the Fixed Account, Aetna reserves the right to pay the Fixed
Account Surrender Value in one of the following two ways, as elected by the
Contract Holder:

(a)  In equal principal payments, with interest, over a period not to exceed 60
     months.

     Interest, as used above will not be more than two percentage points below
     any rate determined prospectively by Aetna for this class of Contract. In
     no event, will the interest rate be less than 3%.

(b)  As a single payment, which has been subjected to a Market Value Adjustment
     (MVA). The amount of the withdrawal will be adjusted to a market value
     amount equal to the lesser of (1) or (2):

(1)  The value of the following factor multiplied by the amount being withdrawn
     on the date of the surrender:

     Factor = (1 + a) 5.25
              ------------
              (1 + b) 5.25

 Where:        a    is the Fixed Account credited rate as of
                    the date of surrender; and
               b    is the rate for a 7-year Treasury Bond
                    as published in the Salomon Brothers
                    Bond Market Roundup for the week
                    prior to the surrender plus 0.25%

(2) The value of the amount being withdrawn.

7.03. PAYMENT OF GAA
      SURRENDER VALUE:

Full or partial Surrenders may be requested at any time from the GAA. However,
amounts withdrawn prior to the Maturity Date of a Term to satisfy a Surrender or
Benefit request may be subject to an MVA (see (b) below).

 (a) For purposes of withdrawals, Terms within the GAA Short Term and Long Term
     Classifications are considered as two separate investment options. Also,
     amounts will be removed within a GAA Classification starting with the Term
     still in effect with the oldest Deposit Period.

 (b) Market Value Adjustment (MVA)--There will be an MVA for a withdrawal from
     the GAA before the end of a Term except for withdrawals made under the ECO
     Distribution Option (see 5.06 (a)). The amount of the withdrawal will be
     adjusted to a market value amount as described below.

                                       28

                                      109
<PAGE>

7.03. PAYMENT OF GAA SURRENDER VALUE (CONT'D):

 The market value adjusted amount will be equal to the amount withdrawn
 multiplied by the following ratio:

           x
         ---
 (1 + i) 365
- ------------

           x
         ---
( 1 + j) 365

  Where:       i    is the Deposit Yield
               j    is the Current Yield
               x    is the number of days remaining, (computed from
                    Wednesday of the week of withdrawal) in the
                    Guaranteed Term.

The Deposit Period Yield will be determined as follows:

o At the close of the last business day of each week of the Deposit Period, a
yield will be computed as the average of the yields on that day of U.S. Treasury
Notes which mature in the last three months of the Guaranteed Term.

 o   The Deposit Period Yield is the average of those yields for the Deposit
     Period. If withdrawal is made prior to the close of the Deposit Period, it
     is the average of those yields on each week preceding withdrawal.

 The Current Yield is the average of the yields on the last business day of the
 week preceding withdrawal on the same U.S. Treasury Notes included in the
 Deposit Period Yield.

In the event that no U.S. Treasury Notes which mature in the last three months
of the Guaranteed Term exist, Aetna reserves the right to use the U.S. Treasury
Notes that mature in a following quarter.

 Surrenders and transfers made in connection with the Sum Payable at Death
 provision (see 5.05) within six months of the date of the Participant's death
 will be the greater of:

 o    The aggregate MVA amount which is the sum of all market value adjusted
      amounts calculated due to a withdrawal of amounts (for Surrender or
      transfer) from Terms prior to the end of those Terms. The aggregate MVA
      may be either positive or negative; or

 o The applicable portion of the Current Value in the GAA.

 After the six month period, the Surrender or transfer will be the aggregate MVA
 amount (i.e., including all MVAs).

 The greater of the aggregate MVA amount or the applicable portion of the
 Current Value in the GAA is applied to amounts withdrawn from the GAA for
 payment of a premium under Annuity Options 3 or 4 (see 6.06).

7.04 SURRENDER CHARGE:

The Surrender Charge, if any, will be determined according to the number of
Contract Years between the date the first Purchase Payment is applied to this
Contract and the date of

                                       29

                                      110


<PAGE>



7.04 SURRENDER CHARGE
     (CONT'D):

the Surrender. If a Surrender Charge applies, a table of Surrender Charge
percentages will be in the Specifications.

The amount Surrendered will be multiplied by the applicable percentage from the
table of Surrender Charge percentages to determine the Surrender Charge.

The Surrender Charge, if any, will be applied at the time of the Surrender,
regardless of the method elected for payment of the Fixed Account Surrender
Value (see 7.02).

7.05 REINSTATEMENT:

All or a portion of the proceeds of a full Surrender of this Contract may be
reinvested within 30 days after the Surrender if allowed by law. Any Surrender
Charge deducted at the time of Surrender on the amount being reinvested will be
included in the reinstatement. Any Market Value Adjustment(s) deducted from
Surrenders will not be included in the reinstatement.

Amounts will be reinstated among the Fixed Account, the GAA, and the Separate
Account in the same proportion as they were at the time of Surrender. Any
amounts reinstated to the GAA will be credited to the current Deposit Period.
The number of Record Units reinstated will be based on the Record Unit Value(s)
next computed after receipt at Aetna's Home Office of the reinstatement request
and the amount to be reinstated.

Reinstatement is permitted only once.

7.06 TERMINATION OR TRANSFER TO ANOTHER CONTRACT:

After 5 completed Contract Years Aetna shall have the right, in accordance with
its existing administrative practices and procedures, to:

 (a) Pay out the Current Value, without application of an MVA (see 7.02(b) and
     7.03(b)) or Surrender Charge (see 7.04) under the Contract to the Contract
     Holder in full provided Aetna gives the Contract Holder 90 days written
     notice, and further provided that Aetna takes the same action with respect
     to all contracts of the same class and risk characteristics.

 (b) If agreed to by the Contract Holder, to transfer the Current Value, which
     may be subject to an MVA (See 7.02(b) and 7.03(b)) or Surrender Charge (see
     7.04) to another Contract issued by Aetna or one of its affiliates.

VIII. GENERAL PROVISIONS

8.01 CHANGE OF CONTRACT:
This Contract may be changed at any time by written mutual agreement of the
Contract Holder and Aetna. Aetna may change the terms of this Contract when, in
its opinion, such change is necessary to protect it from (a) the adverse
financial effects of any change in Plan provisions, the administrative practices
of the Plan, or investment options offered by the Plan, or (b) the action of any
legislative, judiciary, or regulatory body which affects the operation of the
Plan or this Contract.

                                       30

                                      111

<PAGE>



 8.01 CHANGE OF CONTRACT (CONT'D):

 Only a Vice President or above of Aetna or any officer acting pursuant to a
 written delegation of authority from such person may change the terms of this
 Contract. No other employee, agent, or representative of Aetna may make any
 change in this Contract. Aetna will notify the Contract Holder in writing at
 least 30 days before the effective date of any change. Any change will not
 affect the amount or terms of any Annuity which begins before the change.

 Aetna may make any change that affects the Fixed Account Market Value
 Adjustment (see 7.02(b)) with at least 30 days advance written notice to the
 Contract Holder. Any such change shall become effective for any present or
 future Participant.

Aetna may make any change that affects the GAA Market Value Adjustment (see
7.03(b)) with at least 30 days advance written notice to the Contract Holder.
Any such change shall become effective for any new Term for any present or
future Participant.

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Contract, any change that affects
the following Sections of this Contract will not be applied to amounts in
existing Plan Accounts, but may apply to Purchase Payments made to such Accounts
after the change:

(a) 3.01, Net Purchase Payment(s);

(b) 4.01, Current Value;

(c) 4.02, Guaranteed Interest Rate -- Fixed Account;

(d) 4.03, Guaranteed Accumulation Account (GAA);

(e) 4.05, Net Return Factor(s) -- Separate Account; and

(f) 4.09, Maintenance Fee.

Any change that affects the Annuity Options and the tables for such options may
be made:

(a) No earlier than 12 months after the Effective Date; and

(b) No earlier than 12 months after the date on which any such prior change was
effective.

New Participants covered, and Purchase Payments made, under this Contract on or
after the date any change is effective will be subject to the change. If the
Contract Holder does not agree to any change under this provision no new
Participants will be covered under this Contract. Additionally, Aetna reserves
the right, following written notice to an objecting Contract Holder, to stop
accepting Purchase Payments for the Participants covered under this Contract
before the change.

                                       31

                                      112
<PAGE>


8.02 SUBSTITUTION, ELIMINATION, AND ADDITION OF FUND(S):


When deemed desirable by Aetna to accomplish the purpose of the Separate
Account, Aetna or the Separate Account may:

(a) Change the Fund(s) which may be invested in by the Separate Account;

(b) Make additional Fund(s) available through the Separate Account;

(c) Discontinue offering any Fund(s) through the Separate Account; and

(d) Replace the shares of any Fund(s) held in a Separate Account with shares of
    any other Fund(s), where such replacement is approved by a majority vote of
    persons having an interest in the Separate Account Fund(s) being replaced.

Aetna will notify the Contract Holder of any such action.

8.03 NONPARTICIPATING
     CONTRACT:

The Group Trust Contract Holder, Contract Holder, Participants, or beneficiaries
will not have a right to share in the earnings of Aetna, other than as provided
herein.

8.04 PAYMENTS:

Aetna will make Annuity payments as and when due. Aetna will make other payments
within 7 days of the Valuation Period in which the written claim for payment is
received in Good Order at Aetna's Home Office, except as provided in Section
7.01.

8.05 STATE LAWS:

This Contract complies with the laws of the state in which it is delivered. Any
cash, death, or Annuity payments are equal to or greater than the minimum
required by such laws. Annuity tables for legal reserve valuation shall be as
required by state law. Such tables may be different from Annuity tables used to
determine Annuity payments.

8.06 CONTROL OF CONTRACT:

Except as otherwise expressly provided, all rights in this Contract rest with
the Contract Holder. The Contract Holder, or authorized designee of the Contract
Holder (as allowed by law), may make any choices allowed by this Contract with
respect to Plan Accounts, except that in order to affect a full Surrender of
this Contract under the provisions of Part VII, the Sub-Contract Holder must
obtain the consent of the Group Trust Contract Holder. A SubContract Holder's
rights as Contract Holder hereunder may only be exercised with respect to Plan
Accounts maintained with respect to, and Participants in, the Plan for which the
Sub-Contract Holder acts as trustees.

Any choices under this Contract must be in writing or in a form satisfactory to
Aetna. Until receipt of such choices in its Home Office, Aetna may rely on any
prior choices made. This Contract and its Plan Accounts are not subject to
claims of any creditors except to the extent permitted by law.

Any payment(s) made under this Contract to other than the Contract Holder must
be in compliance with the provisions of the Retirement Equity Act (REA). At the
time payment is requested or an Annuity Option is elected by the Contract

                                       32

                                      113
<PAGE>



8.06 CONTROL OF CONTRACT (CONT'D):


Holder, Aetna will require the Contract Holder to certify that it is elected in
compliance with REA. In the absence of such certification or at Aetna's
discretion, payment will be made to the Contract Holder.

8.07 DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY:

The beneficiary of Plan Accounts shall be the Contract Holder.

8.08 MISSTATEMENTS AND
     ADJUSTMENTS:

If Aetna finds the age of any payee to be misstated, the correct facts will be
used to adjust payments. Aetna reserves the right to correct any informational
or administrative errors.

8.09 INCONTESTABILITY:

Aetna cannot cancel this Contract because of any error of fact on the
application, after the second Contract Year.

8.10 GRACE PERIOD:

This Contract will remain in effect even if Purchase Payments are not continued,
unless canceled by Aetna pursuant to section 7.06 or 8.09.

8.11 NONWAIVER:

Aetna may, in its sole discretion, elect not to exercise a right or reservation
specified in this Contract. Such election shall not constitute a waiver of the
right to exercise such right or reservation at any subsequent time.

8.12 AGGREGATING OF CONTRACTS:

The Daily Asset Charge described in the Specifications varies by the Current
Value of Plan Accounts. In determining such Current Value, Plan Accounts of the
following contracts will be aggregated:

(a) this Contract, and

(b) contracts of the same class as this Contract covering employees of the
employer maintaining the Plan.

For purposes of determining the Daily Asset Charge under this Contract, where
such other contract comes into existence after the Effective Date, the
aggregation will commence in accordance with Aetna's existing administrative
practice, but in no event later than the first day of the next succeeding
Contract Year. Where such other contract is in existence prior to, or on the
Effective Date, the aggregation will commence on the Effective Date.

8.13 CONVERSION OF CONTRACTS:

Where the Purchase Payments applied to this Contract are derived, in whole or in
part, from the cancellation of a policy or contract (issued by Aetna or any of
its affiliates) pursuant to a conversion offer; Aetna may vary the provisions of
this Contract to comply with the terms of such conversion offer. For purposes of
this Section 8.13, a "conversion offer" is a program under which Aetna allows
contract holders of a given class to convert their policies or contracts to
contracts of the same series as this Contract. Such variations will be of a
nature that will preserve, or substitute for, the rights surrendered by reason
of the cancellation of the former policy or contract.

                                       33

                                      114

<PAGE>

AETNA (LOGO)

AETNA MAP V APPLICATION PENSION/PROFIT SHARING GROUP CONTRACT

Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company Home Office: 151 Farmington Avenue
Hartford, Connecticut 06156-1268

CONTRACT
HOLDER
INFORMATION

 1. Name of Contract Holder [X] Single Plan [ ] Group Trust
 TRUSTEES OF
 Information Analysis Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

 2. Address [ ] Multiple locations (ATTACH INSTRUCTIONS)
 2222 Gallows Road. Suite 300
 City                             State                              ZIP Code
 Dunn Loring                      Virginia                           22027

 3. Tax Identification No.:       54-1167364

ACCOUNT
INFORMATION

4. Type of entity qualified under section 401 of  the Internal Revenue Code:
   [X] Corporation [ ] Self Employed Individuals  [ ] Other (specify)

5. Type of Contract:  [X]  Allocated [ ] Unallocated

6. Will this contract change or replace any existing life insurance or annuity
contract? [ ] Yes [X] No If yes, piease provide carrier name, account number,
and date to be cancelled.

7. Installation Charge: [ ] Is attached [ ] Will be mailed prior 
to or included with the initial Purchase Payment [X] Does not apply

8. Surrender Charge: [X] Is for 5 Contract Years  [ ] Is for 3 Contract Years
[ ] Does not apply

RIGHT OF
INVESTMENT
SELECTION

9. Complete the following only if Participants have full or partial rights to
elect investment allocations in Participant Accounts for: [ ] Employer Purchase
Payments only [ ] Employee Purchase Payments [X] Both

10. Complete the following only if the Contract Holder has full or partial
rights to elect investment allocations in Participant Accounts for: [ ] Employer
and Employee Purchase Payments [ ] Employer Purchase Payments

SIGNATURES

I understand that amounts withdrawn from the Fixed Account or a GAA Term prior
to the maturity date of that Term, may be subject to a market value adjustment
as specified in the contract. I further understand THAT PAYMENTS AND ACCOUNT
VALUES, (IF ANY), WHEN BASED ON THE INVESTMENT experience of a separate ACCOUNT,
ARE VARIABLE AND NOT GUARANTEED AS TO FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT.

I acknowledge receipt of the current disclosure book for the Multiple Asset
Portfolio (MAP) V Group Contract and all current prospectuses pertaining to all
of the investment options under the contract. The effective date of the contract
is the Contract Holder's date of signature below.

Dated at Dunn Loring, VA
           City and State

this 10 day of November      1993
/s/                              /s/
Witness                          Contract Holder

AGENT'S
NOTE

Do you have any reason to believe any existing life insurance or annuity
contracts will be modified or  replaced if this contract is
issued? [ ] Yes [X] No
 

                                            /s/
                                            -----------------------------
                                            Signature of Agent


<PAGE>



PLAN
INFORMATION

If the Plan Name is different from the Contract Holder name (see line 1), please
add here:

Will the Plan Reporting Period (MM/DD TO MM/DD) [ ] Multiple reporting periods
required (ATTACH INSTRUCTIONS)


Release Plan Information to Third Party Administrator? [ ] Yes [X] No [ ] N/A
(self-administered)

Name of TPA:
Retirement Plan Administrative Service, Ltd.
Address
7525 Staples Mill Road
 City       State ZIP Code
Richmod Virginia / 23228

 Enrollment Support Level [ ] A [ ] B [X] C

Will the Plan be funded only with investment options offered in the MAP V Group
Contract? [X] Yes [ ] No If no, please identify alternative investment options:

Does the Plan provide for In Service Withdrawals prior to age 59 1/2? [ ] Yes
[X] No If yes, what is the minimum age? Loans & hardships only
Special Requests:

PRODUCER
INFORMATION
                                                        
Aetna Field Office Name
Falls Church VA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>            <C>
                      Social Security        ALIAC          ALIAC          Percentage of
Producer Name*           Number           Office Code    Producer Code      Participation
Mark A. Zabel, RHU       231 70 5923        086             087                100%
</TABLE>

o (Florida only) Add license number below name.         (HOME OFFICE USE ONLY)
 Edition no.

COMMENTS

Corrections and amendments (HOME OFFICE USE ONLY). Errors and omissions may be
corrected by the Company but no change in plan, classification, amount, or extra
benefits shall be made without written consent of the Contract Holder. (N/A in
W.Va.)

                                      116

<PAGE>


                                      117


<PAGE>


AETNA (logo)


                    Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company

                        Home Office: 151 Farmington Avenue
                           Hartford, Connecticut 06156
                                 (800) 223-5422

                   Multiple Asset Portfolio (MAP) V Allocated
                             Group Annuity Contract
                                Nonparticipating

ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES PROVIDED BY THE GROUP CONTRACT, WHEN BASED ON INVESTMENT
EXPERIENCE OF A SEPARATE ACCOUNT, ARE VARIABLE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO
FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT. THIS CONTRACT CONTAINS MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT FORMULAS.
APPLICATION OF A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT TO THE GAA MAY RESULT IN EITHER AN
INCREASE OR DECREASE IN THE CURRENT VALUE. THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT FORMULA
DOES NOT APPLY TO A GUARANTEED TERM AT THE TIME OF ITS MATURITY. APPLICATION OF
A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT MAY RESULT IN A DECREASE IN THE
CURRENT VALUE.

                                      118





                                  EXHIBIT 10.3


                          (Incorporated By Reference)





                                      119




                                  EXHIBIT 10.4


                          (Incorporated By Reference)





                                      120




                                  EXHIBIT 10.5


                          (Incorporated By Reference)




                                      121



                                  EXHIBIT 10.6





                                      122


<PAGE>



         THIS  WARRANT AND THE SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK  ISSUABLE  UPON  EXERCISE
HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE  "ACT"),  OR THE  SECURITIES  LAWS OF ANY STATE.  THIS WARRANT AND ANY SUCH
SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD,  OFFERED FOR SALE,  PLEDGED,  HYPOTHECATED  OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED  IN THE  ABSENCE  OF  REGISTRATION  UNDER  SAID  ACT AND  ALL  OTHER
APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS UNLESS AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.


                                    WARRANT
                                    -------

                   WARRANT T0 PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

                      OF INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED

                         Date of Issuance: June 1, 1989

         THIS  CERTIFIES  that,  for  value  received,  George  DeBakey, or his
registered  assigns  (the  "holder"),  is entitled to  purchase,  subject to the
provisions of this warrant, from Information Analysis  Incorporated,  a Virginia
Corporation (the "Company"), one thousand (1,000) shares of the One Cent ($0.01)
par value Common Stock of the Company at a purchase  price of Seven  Dollars and
Fifty  Cents  ($7.5O)  per  share,  as such  number of  shares  and price may be
adjusted in accordance with the provisions of Article V hereof.  This warrant is
hereinafter referred to as the "Warrant" and the shares of Common Stock issuable
pursuant to the terms hereof are hereinafter  sometimes  referred to as "Warrant
Shares."



                                      123


<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE I


                              CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

          For all purposes of this Warrant, unless the context otherwise
requires, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

          "Act": the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal
statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder,
all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

          "Common Stock": the Company's authorized Common Stock with One Cent
($.01) par value per share as such class existed on the date of issuance of this
Warrant.

          "Commission": the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other
federal agency then administering the Act.

          "Company":  Information Analysis Incorporated, a Virginia corporation,
with  principal  offices  located at 2222 Gallows Road,  Suite 300, Dunn Loring,
Virginia  22027,  and any other  corporation  assuming or required to assume the
Warrant pursuant to Article IX.

          "Person": any individual, corporation, partnership, trust,
unincorporated organization and any government, and any political subdivision,
instrumentality or agency thereof.

          "Purchase   Price":   the  purchase   price  for  each  Warrant  Share
purchasable  under this Warrant  which shall be $7.50  subject to adjustment  in
accordance with Article V hereof.

          "Warrant Office": see Section 3.1.

          "Warrant Shares": the Shares of Common Stock purchasable by the holder
of this Warrant upon the exercise of this Warrant.


                                       2



                                      124


<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE II


                              EXERCISE OF WARRANT

         2.1 Method of Exercise.  To exercise  this  Warrant,  which may be
exercised in whole or in part at anytime and from time to time,  prior to its
expiration as determined in Article X hereof,  the holder hereof shall deliver
to the Company at the Warrant Office designated pursuant to Section 3.1: (a) a
written notice, in substantially the form of the Subscription Notice attached
hereto as Exhibit 2.1, of such holder's  election to exercise  this  Warrant,
which notice shall specify  the  number of shares of  Common  Stock to be
purchased;  (b) a check payable to the order of the Company in an amount equal
to the Purchase Price as set forth in Section  5.1 hereof for each of the shares
of Common  Stock  being purchased;  and (c) this Warrant. The Company shall, as
promptly as practicable and in any event within 14 days thereafter,  execute and
deliver or cause to be executed and  delivered,  in  accordance  with said
notice,  a  certificate  or certificates  representing  the  aggregate  number
of  shares  of Common  Stock specified in said notice.  The stock  certificate
or  certificates so delivered shall be in  denominations  of shares as may be
specified  in said  notice and shall  be  issued  in the name of the  holder  or
such  other  name as shall be designated  in said  notice.  At the time of
delivery  of the  certificate  or certificates,  appropriate notation will be
made on the Warrant designating the number of shares purchased and this Warrant
shall be returned to the


                                       3



                                      125

<PAGE>



holder if this  Warrant has been  exercised in part.  The Company  shall pay all
expenses,  taxes and other charges payable in connection  with the  preparation,
issuance  and  delivery  of  stock  certificates,  except  that,  in case  stock
certificates  shall be  registered in a name or names other than the name of the
holder of this Warrant,  funds  sufficient to pay all stock transfer taxes which
shall be payable  upon the issuance of stock  certificates  shall be paid by the
holder hereof at the time of delivering the notice of exercise  mentioned  above
or promptly  upon receipt of a written  request of the Company for payment.

          2.2 Shares to be Fully Paid and  Nonassessable.  All shares of Common
Stock  issued upon the  exercise  of this  Warrant  shall be validity  issued,
fully paid and nonassessable.

          2.3 Legend on Warrant Shares. Each certificate for shares initially
issued upon exercise  Of this  Warrant,  unless at the time of  exercise  such
shares  are registered  under the Act,  shall bear the following  legend (and
any additional legend required by any national securities exchanges upon which
such shares may, at the time of such exercise, be listed or under applicable
securities laws):

                   "The securities represented by this certificate have not been
          registered  under the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("the Act"),
          or  the  securities  laws  of  any  state.   They  may  not  be  sold,
          transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated,  encumbered or otherwise
          disposed  of in the  absence  of  registration  under said Act and all
          other   applicable   securities   laws,   unless  an  exemption   from
          registration is available."

                                       4


                                      126

<PAGE>



          Any certificate issued at any time in exchange or substitution for any
certificate bearing such legend (except a new certificate issued upon completion
of a public distribution  pursuant to a registration  statement under the Act of
the securities  represented thereby) shall also bear the above legend unless, in
the opinion of counsel to the Company,  the securities  represented thereby need
no longer be subject to the restrictions on  transferability.  The provisions of
Article IV shall be binding upon all subsequent holders of this Warrant.

          2.4 Acknowledgment of Continuing Obligation.  The Company will, at the
time of any exercise of this Warrant,  in whole or in part, upon request of the
holder hereof,  acknowledge in writing its continuing obligation to such holder
in  respect of any rights to which the holder  shall  continue  to be  entitled
after exercise in accordance  with this Warrant;  provided,  however,  that the
failure of the holder to make any such request shall not affect the  continuing
obligation of the Company to the holder in respect of such rights.



                                  ARTICLE III

                       WARRANT OFFICE: TRANSFER, DIVISION

                           OF COMBINATION OF WARRANTS


          3.1 Warrant  Office.  The Company shall maintain an office for certain
purposes specified  herein (the "Warrant  Office"),  which office shall
initially be the Company's  location set forth in Article I, and may
subsequently  be such other office of the Company or of any transfer agent of
the Common Stock in




                                       5


                                      127


<PAGE>



the continental United States as to which written notice has previously been
given to all of the holders of the Warrants.

          3.2  Ownership of Warrant.  The Company may deem and treat the  Person
in whose  name this  Warrant  is  registered  as the  holder  and  owner  hereof
(notwithstanding  any  notations of  ownership or writing  hereon made by anyone
other than the Company) for all purposes and shall not be affected by any notice
to the contrary, until presentation of this Warrant for registration of transfer
as provided in this Article III.

          3.3  Transfer  of  Warrant.  The  Company  agrees to  maintain at the
Warrant  Office  books for the  registration  of  permitted  transfers  of this
Warrant.  Subject to the  provisions of Article IV, this Warrant and all rights
hereunder  are  transferable,  in whole or in part, on the books at that office
upon  surrender  of  this  Warrant  at that  office,  together  with a  written
assignment  of this  Warrant  duly  executed  by the holder  hereof or his duly
authorized  agent or attorney and funds  sufficient  to pay any transfer  taxes
payable upon the making of the transfer. Subject to Article IV, upon  surrender
and payment, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant in the name of
the assignee,  note thereon the number of Warrant Shares theretofore  purchased
under this Warrant, and this Warrant shall promptly be canceled.  A Warrant may
be exercised by a new holder for the purchase of shares of Common Stock without
having a new Warrant issued.



                                       6


                                      128

<PAGE>



          3.4  Expenses  of  Delivery of  Warrants.  The  Company  shall pay all
expenses,  taxes  (other  than  transfer  taxes)  and other  charges  payable in
connection  with  the  preparation,   issuance  and  delivery  of  new  Warrants
hereunder.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                            RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

          4.1   Restrictions  on  Transfer.   Notwithstanding   any   provisions
contained in this Warrant to the contrary, this Warrant shall not be exercisable
or transferable  except upon the conditions  specified in this Article IV, which
conditions  are intended,  among other  things,  to ensure  compliance  with the
provisions of the Act in respect of the exercise or transfer of the Warrant. The
holder of this Warrant,  by acceptance hereof,  agrees that he will not transfer
this  Warrant  prior to delivery to the Company of any  required  opinion of the
holder's counsel (as the opinion and counsel are described in Section 4.2).

          4.2 Opinion of Counsel. In connection with any transfer of this
Warrant, the following provisions shall apply:

                  (a) If in the opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company,
proposed transfer of this Warrant may be effected without  registration of this
Warrant under the Act, the holder of this Warrant shall be entitled to transfer
this Warrant in accordance with the proposed method of disposition; provided,
however,  that if the  method of  disposition  would,  in the  opinion  of such
counsel,  require that the Company take any action or execute and file with the
Commission or deliver to




                                       7

                                      129

<PAGE>

the holder or any other  person any form or document in order to  establish  the
entitlement of the holder to take advantage of such method of  disposition,  the
Company agrees, at the cost of the holder, to promptly take any necessary action
or execute and file or deliver any necessary  form or document.  Notwithstanding
the  foregoing,  in  no  event  will  the  Company  be  obligated  to  effect  a
registration under the Act so as to permit the proposed transfer of this Warrant
or take any action  which will result in more than one  transfer of this Warrant
within each calendar year.

                  (b) If in the opinion of such counsel, the proposed transfer
of this Warrant may not be effected  without  registration of this Warrant under
the Act, the holder of  this  Warrant   shall  not  be  entitled  to  transfer
this  Warrant  until registration is effective.

                                   ARTICLE V

                                 EXERCISE PRICE

          5.1 Determination of Purchase Price. The Purchase Price for each
Warrant Share  purchasable  hereunder shall be Seven Dollars and Fifty Cents
($7.50); provided, however, if the Company shall subdivide its shares of Common
Stock by stock split, stock dividend or otherwise, the purchase Price shall
proportionately decrease and, conversely if the  Company  shall  combine its
shares of Common  Stock by stock combination, reverse split or otherwise, the
Purchase Price shall proportionately increase.


                                       8


                                      130

<PAGE>

          5.2 Notice to Holder.  Whenever  the Company  takes any action  which
causes the Purchase  Price to change,  the  Company  will  provide  the holder
hereof with written  notice of such  change  and the  price at which  this
Warrant  is then exercisable. Such notice will be provided not more than 10 days
after any such action has occurred.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                            NUMBER OF WARRANT SHARES

          The number of Warrant Shares initially issuable upon exercise of this
Warrant shall be one thousand (1,000);  provided,  however, if, after issuance
of this Warrant,  the Company shall  subdivide its shares of Common Stock by
stock split,  stock  dividend or otherwise,  the number of Warrant Shares then
issuable hereunder shall proportionately  increase,  and conversely, if the
Company  shall  combine  its  shares  of  Common  Stock  by stock combination,
reverse  split or otherwise,  the number of Warrant  Shares then issuable
hereunder shall proportionately decrease.

                                  ARTICLE VII

                      ADDITIONAL NOTICES TO WARRANT HOLDER

          In addition to any other notice required hereunder, the Company shall
provide the holder  with a copy of any notice  which the Company is required to
provide those Persons  holding shares of Common Stock on the same date such
Persons receive such notice.

                                       9


                                      131

<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                   DISTRIBUTIONS, LIQUIDATION OR DISSOLUTION

          8.1 Certain Distributions.  In case the Company shall, at any time
prior to the Expiration  Date set forth in  Article X hereof,  make any
distribution  of its assets to holders of its Common Stock as a partial
liquidation  distribution or by way of return of capital other than as a
dividend  payable out of earnings or any surplus legally  available for
dividends under the laws of the  Commonwealth of Virginia, then the holder,
upon the exercise of this  Warrant  prior to any such  distribution  but after
the date of record for the  determination of those holders of Common  Stock
entitled  to such  distribution  of  assets,  shall be entitled to receive,  in
addition to the shares of Common Stock issuable on such exercise,  upon such
distribution the amount of such assets (or at the option of the Company a sum
equal to the value thereof at the time of such distribution to holders of Common
Stock as such value is determined by the Board of Directors of the  company in
good faith)  which would have been  payable to the holder had he been the holder
of record of such shares of Common  Stock on the record date for the
determination   of  those  holders  of  Common  Stock   entitled  to  such
distribution.

          8.2 Dissolution or Liquidation.  In case the Company shall, at any
time prior to the Expiration Date set forth in Article X hereof,  dissolve,
liquidate or wind up its affairs, the holder shall be entitled, upon the
exercise of this Warrant

                                       10


                                      132


<PAGE>

and prior to any such distribution in dissolution or liquidation,  to receive on
such exercise, in lieu of the shares of Common Stock which the holder would have
been entitled to receive,  the same kind and amount of assets as would have been
distributed  or paid to the holder  upon any such  dissolution,  liquidation  or
winding up with  respect to such shares of Common  Stock had the holder been the
holder of record of such  shares  of  Common  Stock on the  record  date for the
determination  of those  holders of Common  Stock  entitled  to receive any such
liquidation distribution.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                   RECLASSIFICATION, REORGANIZATION OR MERGER

          In case of any  reclassification,  capital  reorganization  or other
change  of outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  of  the  Company,  or  in
case  of  any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another
corporation  (other than a merger with a subsidiary  in which merger the Company
is the  continuing corporation  or  which  does  not  result  in  any
reclassification,   capital reorganization  or other  change of  outstanding
shares of Common  Stock),  the Company  shall cause  effective  provision to be
made so that the holder  hereof shall have the right  thereafter,  by exercising
this Warrant,  to purchase the kind and  amount  of shares of stock and other
securities  and  property receivable upon such  reclassification, capital
reorganization or other change, consolidation  or  merger by a holder of the
number of shares of Common  Stock which might have been

                                       11



                                      133

<PAGE>

purchased   upon   exercise   of   this   Warrant  immediately   prior  to  such
reclassification,  capital reorganization,  change,  consolidation  or merger.
Any such provision shall include  provision for adjustments which shall be as
nearly  equivalent  as may be  practicable  to the  adjustments  herein provided
of the Purchase  Price and the  number of Warrant  Shares  purchasable and
receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant.  The foregoing  provisions of this
Article  IX shall  similarly apply  to  successive  reclassifications,  capital
reorganizations  and  changes of  shares  of  Common  Stock  and to  successive
consolidations and mergers.

                                   ARTICLE X

                                   EXPIRATION

          This warrant  shall  terminate on the  Expiration  Date and may not be
exercised on or after such date. The Expiration Date shall be June 30, 1999.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                        CERTAIN COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

          The Company  covenants and agrees that it will reserve and set apart
and have at all times,  free from  pre-emptive  rights, a number of shares of
authorized but unissued  Common  Stock or other  securities  or property
deliverable  upon the exercise of this Warrant  sufficient to enable it at any
time to fulfill all its obligations hereunder.


                                       12

                                      134


<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE XII

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

          12.1 Entire  Agreement.  This Warrant contains the entire agreement
between the holder hereof and the Company with respect to the purchase of the
Warrant Shares and supersedes all prior arrangements or understandings with
respect thereto.

          12.2 Waiver and  Amendment.  Any term or provision of this Warrant may
be waived at any time by the party which is entitled to the benefits thereof and
any term or provision of this Warrant may be amended or supplemented at any time
by agreement of the holder hereof and the Company, except that any waiver of any
term or condition, or any amendment or supplementation,  of this Warrant must be
in  writing.  A waiver of any breach or  failure to enforce  any of the terms or
conditions of this Warrant shall not in any may affect, limit or waive a party's
rights  hereunder at any time to enforce strict  compliance  thereafter with any
term or condition of this Warrant.

          12.3  Illegality.  In the event that any one or more of the provisions
contained  in this  Warrant  shall be  determined  to be  invalid,  illegal  or
unenforceable  in any  respect  for any  reason,  the  validity,  legality  and
enforceability  of any such  provision in any other  respect and the  remaining
provisions of this Warrant shall not, at the election of the party for whom the
benefit of the provision exists, be in any way impaired.

                                       13


                                      135

<PAGE>

          12.4 Filing of Warrant. A copy of this Warrant shall be filed in the
records of the Company.

          12.5 Notice.  Any notice or other document required or permitted to be
given or delivered to the holder hereof shall be delivered personally,  or sent
by certified or  registered  mail,  to each such holder at the last address
shown on the books of the  Company  maintained  at the  Warrant  Office  for the
registration,  and the  registration of transfer,  of the Warrant or at any more
recent  address of which the holder  hereof  shall have  notified the Company in
writing.  Any notice or other  document  required  or  permitted  to be given or
delivered to the Company shall be delivered,  or sent by certified or registered
mail, to the Warrant office, attention:  President, or such other address within
the United States of America as shall have been  furnished by the Company to the
holder hereof.

          12.6 Limitation of Liability; Not Stockholders.  No provision of this
Warrant  shall be construed as  conferring  upon the holder hereof the right to
vote,  consent,  receive  dividends  or  receive  notice  other  than as herein
expressly  provided in respect of meetings of stockholders  for the election of
directors of the Company or any other matter whatsoever as a stockholder of the
Company.  No  provision  hereof,  in the absence of  affirmative  action by the
holder hereof to purchase  Warrant  Shares,  and no  enumeration  herein of the
rights or privileges of the holder hereof,  shall give rise to any liability of
such holder for the purchase price of any Warrant


                                       14


                                      136


<PAGE>

Shares or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by
the Company or by creditors of the Company.

          12.7 Loss,  Destruction,  Etc. of  Warrant.  Upon receipt of evidence
satisfactory  to the Company of the loss, theft,  mutilation or destruction of
the  Warrant,  and in the case of any such  loss, theft or destruction,  upon
delivery of a bond of indemnity  in such  form and  amount  as shall be
reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or in the event of such  mutilation,
upon  surrender  and cancellation  of the  Warrant,  the Company  will make and
deliver a new Warrant, of like tenor, in lieu of such lost, stolen, destroyed or
mutilated Warrant.  Any Warrant issued under the provisions of this  Section
12.7  in  lieu  of any  Warrant alleged to be lost,  destroyed  or stolen,  or
in lieu of any mutilated  Warrant,  shall constitute an original contractual
obligation on the part of the Company.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be signed
in its name by its President and its corporate seal to be impressed  hereon and
attested by this Secretary.

THE COMPANY:
INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED

By: /s/ Sandor Rosenberg
    ---------------------------
    Sandor Rosenberg, President

[Corporate Seal]

Attest:

/s/ Abraham J. Spero
- ---------------------------
Abraham J. Spero, Secretary

                                       15


                                      137


<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT 2.1

                                   TO WARRANT

                              SUBSCRIPTION NOTICE

                                                             Dated: ____________


          The  undersigned  hereby  irrevocably  elects to exercise his right to
purchase _____ shares of the Common Stock,  with one cent  ($0.01) par value
per share, of  Information  Analysis  Incorporated,  such right being pursuant
to a Warrant dated June __,  1989,  and as issued to the  undersigned  by
Information Analysis Incorporated,  and  remits  herewith  the  sum  of $______
in  payment for same  in accordance with the Exercise Price specified in Section
5.1 of said Warrant.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF STOCK

Name
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    (Please typewrite or print in block letters)

Address
       -------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                        Signature
                                                                 ---------------

Shares Heretofore Purchased Under Warrant

- -----------------------------------------

                                       16


                                      138



                                  EXHIBIT 10.7





                                      139

<PAGE>


         THIS  WARRANT AND THE SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK  ISSUABLE  UPON  EXERCISE
HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE "ACT"),  OR THE SECURlTIES  LAWS OF ANY STATE.  SUCH  SECURITIES MAY NOT BE
SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED,  HYPOTHECATED,  OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE
ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION UNDER SAID ACT AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS,
UNLESS  INFORMATION  ANALYSIS  INCORPORATED  RECEIVES A SATISFACTORY  OPINION OF
COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

                                     WARRANT
                                     -------

                   WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                      OF INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED

                        Date of Issuance: Feb. 24, 1993

         THIS  CERTIFIES  that,  for  value  received,   JAMES  C.  WESTER,  or
registered  assigns (the  "Holder") is entitled,  subject to the  provisions of
this Warrant, to purchase from INFORMATION  ANALYSIS  INCORPORATED,  a Virginia
corporation (the "Company"),  at the price hereinafter set forth, 12,000 shares
of the Company's  S0.01 par value common stock (all of the Company's  shares of
Common Stock being hereafter  referred to as "Common  Stock").  This Warrant is
hereinafter  referred to as the "Warrant" and the shares of Common Stock issued
or then  issuable  pursuant  to the  terms  hereof  are  hereinafter  sometimes
referred to as "Warrant Shares".

         Section 1.  Exercise of Warrant.  This  Warrant  shall be  exercised in
whole  or in part at any time  and  from  time to time on or  after  its date of
issuance but prior to the Expiration  Date defined in Section 12 by presentation
of the Purchase Form annexed hereto duly executed and  accompanied by payment of
the  Exercise  Price set forth in  Section  7 hereof,  for the  number of shares
specified  in such form.  Upon  receipt  by the  Company  of the  Purchase  Form
executed as aforesaid,  at the office of the Company,  accompanied by payment of
the Exercise  Price,  the Company shall issue and deliver to the Holder within a
reasonable period of time not to exceed 10 days an additional  Purchase Form for
future exercise of this Warrant which on its face shall note the total number of
shares heretofore  purchased under this Warrant (including the shares then being
purchased) and a certificate or certificates for the shares of Common Stock then
being  issued upon such  exercise.  If deemed  necessary  by the  Company,  such
certificates shall bear restricted legends  substantially  similar to the legend
appearing on the face of this Warrant.


                                      140

<PAGE>


          Section 2. Reservation of Shares. The Company hereby covenants that at
all times during the term of this Warrant there shall be reserved for issuance
such number of shares of its Common Stock as shall be required to be issued upon
exercise of this Warrant.

          Section 3. Fractional Shares. This Warrant may be exercised only for a
whole  number  of  shares of Common  Stock,  and no  fractional  shares or scrip
representing  fractional  shares  shall be  issuable  upon the  exercise of this
Warrant.

          Section 4.  Assignment of Warrant.  Subject to  applicable  securities
laws,  the Holder of this  Warrant  shall have the right to transfer  and assign
this Warrant and the right to purchase all (but not less than all) of the shares
issuable hereunder. Upon such transfer or assignment, the Holder shall surrender
this Warrant to the Company with the Assignment  Form in the form annexed hereto
duly  executed  and with funds  sufficient  to pay any transfer  taxes,  and the
Company shall cancel this Warrant, and without charge, shall execute and deliver
a new Warrant of like tenor in the name of the assignee  entitling such assignee
to all rights and  interests of its assignor at the time of  assignment  of this
Warrant.

          Section 5. Loss of  Warrant.  Upon  receipt by the Company of evidence
satisfactory to it of the loss,  theft,  or destruction of this Warrant,  and of
indemnification  satisfactory to it, or upon surrender and  cancellation of this
Warrant,  if  mutilated,  the Company  will execute and deliver a new Warrant of
like tenor and date.

          Section 6. Rights of the Holder. No provision of this Warrant shall be
construed  as  conferring  upon the Holder  hereof  the right to vote,  consent,
receive  dividends or receive notice other than as herein expressly  provided in
respect of meetings of stockholders for the election of directors of the Company
or any other matter  whatsoever  as a stockholder  of the Company.  No provision
hereof,  in the absence of  affirmative  action by the Holder hereof to purchase
Warrant  Shares,  and no  enumeration  herein of the rights or privileges of the
Holder hereof,  shall give rise to any liability of such Holder for the purchase
price of any Warrant  Shares or as a  stockholder  of the Company,  whether such
liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.

          This  Warrant  and the shares  issuable  hereunder  shall not be sold,
offered for sale, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in the absence
of  registration  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended,  and  other
applicable  securities  laws or the  Company's  receipt of an opinion of counsel
satisfactory to the Company that such registration is not required.

          Section 7. Exercise Price. The purchase price for each share purchased
under this Warrant shall be five dollars (S5.00) per share;  provided,  however,
that if the Company shall  subdivide its  outstanding  shares of Common Stock by
stock  split  or  stock   dividend,   the   purchase   price   hereunder   shall
proportionately decrease and if the


                                       2


                                      141

<PAGE>


Company  shall  combine  its  outstanding   shares  of  Common  Stock  by  stock
combination, the purchase price hereunder shall proportionately increase.

          Section 8. Adjustment in Number of Warrant Shares.  This Warrant shall
upon its issuance be exercisable in accordance with the terms hereof,  for 2,000
shares of Common Stock;  provided,  however,  if the Company shall subdivide its
outstanding shares of Common Stock by stock split or stock dividend,  the number
of shares of Common Stock issuable hereunder shall proportionately increase, and
if the Company shall combine its  outstanding  shares of Common Stock by a stock
combination,  the  number of shares of Common  Stock  issuable  hereunder  shall
proportionately decrease.

          Section 9.  Dissolution or  Liquidation.  In case the Company shall at
any time prior to the Expiration Date set forth in Section 12 hereof,  dissolve,
liquidate  or wind up its  affairs,  the  Holder  shall  be  entitled,  upon the
exercise of this Warrant in whole or in part and prior to any such  distribution
in  dissolution  or  liquidation,  to receive on such  exercise,  in lieu of the
shares of Common Stock which the Holder would have been entitled to receive, the
same kind and  amount of assets as would  have been  distributed  or paid to the
Holder upon any such  dissolution,  liquidation  or winding up, with  respect to
such  shares of Common  Stock had the  Holder  been the holder of record of such
share of Common Stock on the record date for the  determination of those holders
of Common Stock entitled to receive any such liquidation distribution.

          Section 10.  Notices to Warrant  Holder.  If the Company shall pay any
dividend or make any  distribution  upon the shares of its Common  Stock or (ii)
the  Company  shall  offer to the holders of Common  Stock for  subscription  or
purchase  by them any  shares of stock of any  classes or any other  rights,  or
(iii) if any capital  reorganization  of the  Company,  reclassification  of the
Common Stock of the Company, consolidation or merger of the Company with or into
another  corporation,  or voluntary or involuntary  dissolution,  liquidation or
winding up of the Company shall be affected, then, in any such case, the Company
shall cause to be delivered  to the Holder,  a notice of any such actions at the
same time and in the same for that notice thereof is provided, if at all, to the
stockholders of the Company.

          Section 11. Reclassification, Reorganization or Merger. In case of any
reclassification,  capital  reorganization or other change of outstanding shares
of Common  Stock of the Company  (other than a change in par value,  or from par
value to no par value,  or from no par value to par value,  or as a result of an
issuance  of  Common  Stock by way of  dividend  or other  distribution  or of a
subdivision or  combination),  or in case of any  consolidation or merger of the
Company with or into another  corporation (other than a merger with a subsidiary
in which  merger the  Company is the  continuing  corporation  or which does not
result  in any  reclassification,  capital  reorganization  or other  change  of
outstanding  shares of Common Stock of the class  issuable upon exercise of this
Warrant),  the Company  shall cause  effective  provision to be made so that the
Holder shall have the right  thereafter by exercising this Warrant,  to purchase
the kind

                                       3


                                      142

<PAGE>


and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property  receivable upon
such reclassification,  capital reorganization or other change, consolidation or
merger,  by a holder of the number of shares of Common  Stock  which  might have
been  purchased  upon  exercise  of  this  Warrant  immediately  prior  to  such
reclassification,  change,  consolidation  or merger.  Any such provision  shall
include  provision for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be
practicable  to the  adjustments  provided for in this  Warrant.  The  foregoing
provisions   of  this   Section   11  shall   similarly   apply  to   successive
reclassifications, capital reorganizations and changes of shares of Common Stock
and to  successive  consolidations  and  mergers.  In the event that in any such
capital reorganization or reclassification,  consolidation or merger, additional
shares of Common Stock shall be issued in exchange, conversion,  substitution or
payment,  in whole or in part,  for or of a security of the  Company  other than
Common Stock any amount of the  consideration  received  upon the issue  thereof
being  determined  by the Board of Directors  of the Company  shall be final and
binding on the Holder.

         Section 12. Applicable Law. This Warrant shall be construed in
accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

         Section  13.  Expiration  Date.  The  Warrant  shall  terminate  on the
Expiration  Date and may not be exercised on or after such date.  The Expiration
Date shall be ten (10) years from the date of  issuance of this  Warrant  except
this Warrant shall expire one year prior to the  Expiration  Date as to a number
of Warrant Shares equal to the  difference  (but not less than zero) between (i)
2,000 and (ii) the number of Warrant  Shares  issued upon prior  exercise(s)  of
this Warrant.

                                            INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED

Attest:

/s/ Rosemary Wozniek                        /s/ Sandor Rosenberg
- ------------------------------              ---------------------------------
Secretary                                   By:
                                               ------------------------------
                                            Title: President
                                                  ---------------------------

                                       4



                                      143

<PAGE>


                                ASSIGNMENT FORM
                                ---------------

Dated:_____________________

         For value received ____________________________________________________
hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

Name____________________________________________________________________________
    (Please typewrite or print in block letters)

Address_________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________ and appoints _______________________ as

Attorney to transfer said Warrant on the books of the within named Company with
full power of substitution in the premises.

                                    ________________________________
                                    Signature


                                       5


                                      144

<PAGE>

                                 PURCHASE FORM
                                 -------------

         The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise its right to
purchase _______ shares of the $0.01 par value  Common  Stock of  Information
Analysis Incorporated, such right being pursuant to a Warrant dated ___________,
and as issued to the undersigned by Information Analysis Incorporated, and
remits herewith the sum of $_________ in payment for same in accordance with the
Exercise Price specified in Section 7 of said Warrant.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF STOCK

Name_________________________________________________
    (Please typewrite or print in block letters)

Address______________________________________________

Dated:______________________    _____________________
                                Signature

Shares Heretofore Purchased Under Warrant ___________

                                       6


                                      145



                                  EXHIBIT 10.8





                                      146

<PAGE>


                          SOFTWARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                          ---------------------------

          This Software Purchase Agreement (the "Agreement") dated as of Aug.
15, 1996 by and between Kenneth K. Parsons (the "Seller") and  Information
Analysis Incorporated, a Virginia corporation ("IAI").

                                   WITNESSETH
                                   ----------

          WHEREAS,  the Seller is the owner of a software  program known as CAST
(the  "Software")   which  is  utilized  in  connection  with  IAI's  transition
engineering services;

          WHEREAS, the Seller wishes to sell to IAI all of his right, title, and
interest in the Software to IAI;

          WHEREAS, IAI is prepared to purchase the Software on the terms and
conditions described herein;

          NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the foregoing  and the mutual
covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
           -----------

          1.1 "Object Code" shall mean the  machine-readable  instructions  in
any form or media for the Software.

          1.2  "Software"  shall  mean  all of the  Object  Code,  Source  Code,
documentation,  and all other elements or components of the CAST software in any
form or media.

          1.3 "Source Code" shall mean the  human-readable  instructions  in any
form or media for the Software.

SECTION 2. PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SOFTWARE
           ---------------------------------

          2.1 Closing. At a closing to take place at IAI, or at such other place
as the  parties  shall  agree to in writing  (the  "Closing"),  the date of this
Agreement  being  referred to herein as the "Closing  Date"),  the parties shall
carry out the transactions described herein.

          2.2 Transfer of the Software. At the Closing the Seller shall transfer
and  deliver  to IAI all  Source  Code,  Object  Code,  documentation  and other
information  pertaining to the Software, in any form or media, and all copies of
such Source Code,  Object  Code,  and  documentation  in the  possession  of the
Seller, in any form or media, to IAI, in return for the consideration  described
below.




                                      147


<PAGE>


SECTION 3. PAYMENT
           -------

         3.1 Payment Due at Closing. At the Closing, or as required thereafter,
IAI shall pay to the Seller. or on the Seller's behalf as IAI may elect, the sum
of up to $100,000 in connection with certain tax liabilities of the Seller
existing as of the Closing.


         3.2 Royalty Payable to Seller. Commencing as of the Closing, the Seller
shall be entitled to a royalty equal to 10% of the license fees collected by IAI
from the licensing of the Software to third  parties.  Royalties  shall be
payable to the Seller  based on actual  collections  received by CAST and shall
be payable on a quarterly basis. The aggregate amount of royalties  payable by
IAI to the Seller pursuant to this Agreement shall not exceed $1,000,000.

SECTION 4. Issuance of Stock Options.
           --------------------------

         4.1 Issuance of Incentive Stock Options. At Closing, or within a
reasonable time thereafter,   IAI  shall  issue   incentive  stock  options  to
the  Seller  in consideration  of  Seller's  remaining  an employee of IAI after
the sale of the Software.  Such incentive  stock options shall be  exercisable
for IAI's common stock, $.01 par value, as follows:

Number of         Date                   Exercise
Option Shares     Exercisable            Price
- -------------     -----------            --------
   25,000         January 1, 1997           $4

   25,000         January 1, 1998           $4

   25,000         January 1, 1999           $4

SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER.
           ---------------------------------------------

         The Seller hereby  represents and warrants to IAI as follows:

         5.1  Authority.   All  necessary  action,   personal,   corporate  or
otherwise,  has been taken by the Seller to authorize  the sale of the Software,
and all of Seller's rights thereto, to IAI.

         5.2  Absence  of  Liens.  The  Seller is the  exclusive  owner of the
Software  transferred  hereby and said Software is not the subject of any liens,
encumbrances, claims, or rights of third parties of any kind.

         5.3 Absence of Retained Intellectual Property Rights. By agreeing to
the sale of the Software as described in this Agreement the Seller transfers and
assigns all of his intellectual property rights of any kind or nature in and to
the Software to IAI and agrees not


                                       2



                                      148

<PAGE>


to contest IAI's rights therein,  or IAI's right to sell,  license, or otherwise
exploit the Software in any manner.

SECTION 6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF IAI.
           --------------------------------------

         6.1  Authority.  IAI has the power  and  authority  to enter  into this
Agreement  and to  carry  out  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  and  the
transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by IAI.

SECTION 7. INDEMNIFICATION.
           ----------------

         7.1 Indemnification by the Seller. The Seller agrees to defend,
indemnify and hold the IAI harmless from and against any damages,  liabilities,
losses  and  expenses   (including reasonable  counsel  fees)  of any kind or
nature  whatsoever  which may be  sustained  or  suffered by IAI  based  upon a
breach  of any representation,     warranty    or agreement  made by the  Seller
in this Agreement.

SECTION 8. MISCELLANEOUS
           -------------

         8.1 Law Governing; General. This Agreement shall be construed under and
governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia. This Agreement may be
executed in counter-parts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

         8.2 Entire Agreement.  This Agreement  represents the complete
agreement between the  parties  and  supersedes  all  promises,
representations,  understandings, warranties and agreements with reference to
the subject matter hereof, including all  inducements to the making of this
Agreement  relied upon by all the parties hereto.

         8.3  Assignability.   This  Agreement  shall  be  binding  upon,  and
shall  be enforceable  by and inure to the benefit of, the parties  named herein
and their respective heirs,  successors,  administrators and assigns;  provided,
however, that this  Agreement  may not be  assigned  by either  party  without
the prior written  consent of the other party and any  attempted  assignment
without such consent shall be void and of no effect.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Agreement
under seal as of the date first set forth above.

                                       3


                                      149


<PAGE>



/s/                                      /s/ Kenneth K. Parsons
- ------------------------------           ----------------------------
Witness                                  Kenneth K. Parsons


                                         Information Analysis Incorporated




/s/                                      By: /s/ Sandor Rosenberg
- ------------------------------           ----------------------------
Witness                                  (Title) President
                                         ----------------------------

                                       4

                                      150




                                  EXHIBIT 10.9




                                      151


<PAGE>

                               ROYALTY AGREEMENT

         THIS  AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 1st day of September,
1996 by and between  JAMES  WESTER,  CONSULTANT,  hereinafter  referred to as
"Wester",  and INFORMATION  ANALYSIS,  INC.,  having its principal office at
2222 Gallows Road, Suite 300, Dunn Loring, Virginia 22027, hereinafter referred
to as "IAI".

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  Wester  desires to have the right to  participate  in the
business of  licensing  the CAST product (as described in Paragraph 1) to end
users; and,

         WHEREAS,  IAI is agreeable to such  participation  by Wester in the
licensing of the CAST product in  consideration  of Wester providing funds for
the payment of expenses and costs relating to the CAST product  business
activity,  all as set forth under the terms herein stated;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the premises and other good and
valuable consideration received and to be received, Wester and IAI agree as
follows:

         1.  Applicability  and Term of Agreement - The parties  agree that the
terms and conditions of this Agreement  shall apply to the provision of computer
software programs  (CAST) and the services  pertaining  thereto which are
provided to end users. The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the date
hereof and shall continue  in  effect  thereafter  unless  terminated  by mutual
consent  of the parties.

         2. Expense  Sharing - Wester  hereby agrees to provide funds to IAI at
such time or times as agreed to between the parties, such

                                      152

<PAGE>


funds to  represent  Wester's  share of  expenses of the CAST  product  business
activity.  IAI shall  invoice  Wester  for said share of  expenses  on a monthly
basis,  providing  reasonable  itemization  of the expenses and such  supporting
documentation as Wester may request.  Unless otherwise agreed to by the parties,
Wester's share of such expenses shall not exceed $300,000 in the aggregate.

         3. Royalty  Sharing - In  consideration  of the funds to be provided by
Wester for expense sharing,  Wester shall be entitled to receive  royalties from
IAI based upon 20% of license  revenue  received  for the CAST  product,  not to
exceed in the  aggregate,  however,  150% of the funds provided by Wester to IAI
under Paragraph 2 above.  IAI will provide a monthly report to Wester of license
revenue  received for the CAST product,  accompanied  by a check for the royalty
due to Wester with respect to the license revenue included on said report.

         4. Entire  Agreement - This Agreement  sets forth the entire  agreement
and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter hereof and merges
all prior  discussions  between them, and neither of the parties should be bound
by any conditions,  definitions,  warranties,  understandings or representations
with respect to such subject matter other than as expressly  provided  herein or
in any  modification  thereof  which  is  expressed  in any  amendment  to  this
Agreement that is executed by both parties.

         5. Binding Effect - The terms of this Agreement  shall be binding  upon
and inure to the  benefit  of the  parties  hereto  and their  respective  legal
representatives, heirs, successors and assigns.


                                      153



<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Royalty Agreement
relating to the CAST  product  on the day and year  first  above  written,
effective  as of September 1, 1996.


                                         /s/ James Wester
                                         -----------------------------------
                                         JAMES WESTER, CONSULTANT


                                         INFORMATION ANALYSIS, INC.


                                         BY: /s/ Sandor Rosenberg, President
                                            --------------------------------
                                                                   Title



                                      154





                                 EXHIBIT 10.10


                          (Incorporated By Reference)



                                      155







                                 EXHIBIT 10.11





                                      156


<PAGE>

                         REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


          THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made this 27th day
of February, 1997, by and between INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED, a Virginia
Corporation  (the "Company"),  for the benefit of the investors  (collectively,
the "Investors",  individually, an "Investor") who or which purchase shares in
a private  placement  of the  Company in which the  Company is  offering  up to
285,714 shares of its Common Stock at $17.50 per share.

                                   RECITALS:

A. The Investors  desire to purchase from the Company,  and the Company desires
to sell to the Investors up to 285,714  shares (the  "Shares") of the Company's
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share ("Common Stock").

B. As an  inducement  for the Investors to purchase the Shares from the Company,
the  Company  has  agreed  to  provide  certain  registration  rights  under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and the rules and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder  (collectively,  the "Act"), with respect to the Restricted Stock (as
that term is defined herein) on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

          The parties hereto hereby covenant and agree as follows:

          1. Certain Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have
the following respective meanings:

                   "Act"  shall mean the  Securities  Act of 1933 or any similar
federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all
as the same shall be in effect at the time.

                   "Commission"   shall  mean  the   Securities   and   Exchange
 Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Act.

                   "Common  Stock" shall mean the Company's  Common  Stock,  par
value of $.01 per share.

                   "Company" shall mean Information Analysis Incorporated, a
Virginia corporation.

                   "Registration Expenses" shall mean the expenses described in
Section 8 hereof.

                   "Restricted  Stock"  shall mean the  Shares  and any  capital
stock of the Company  issued as (or issuable upon the  conversion or exercise of
any  warrant,  right or other  security  which is issued  as) a  dividend  or in
connection  with a stock  split or other  distribution  with  respect  to, or in
exchange for or in replacement of, the Shares.




                                      157

<PAGE>



         2. Restrictive  Legend.  Each  certificate  representing the Restricted
Stock, and, except as otherwise  provided in Section 3 hereof,  each certificate
issued upon exchange or transfer of any  Restricted  Stock,  shall be stamped or
otherwise  imprinted  with a legend  substantially  in the  following  form,  in
addition to any other legend required to be imprinted thereon:


         "THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
         AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE  DISPOSED OF UNLESS IT HAS BEEN
         REGISTERED  UNDER  SAID  ACT  OR  AN  EXEMPTION  FROM  REGISTRATION  IS
         AVAILABLE."

         3. Notice of Proposed  Transfer.  Prior to any proposed transfer of any
Restricted Stock (other than under the circumstances described in Section 4 or 5
hereof or to any entity  affiliated  through  common  ownership  with the holder
thereof), the holder shall give written notice to the Company of its intention
to effect such transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner of the
proposed transfer and, if requested by the Company, shall be accompanied by an
opinion of counsel  reasonably  satisfactory to the Company to the effect that
the proposed transfer of the Restricted Stock may be effected without
registration under the Act,  whereupon the holder of such would be entitled to
transfer such securities without registration under the Act.

         4. Required Registration.

                  (a)  Commencing on January 1, 1998,  the holders of Restricted
Stock  constituting at least a sixty six and two-thirds percent  (66.67%) of the
shares of Restricted  Stock may request the Company to register under the Act on
Form S-1 or Forms SB-1 or SB-2 (or any forms similar to or replacing such forms)
or if available Form S-2 or Form S-3 (or any forms replacing such forms), all or
any portion of the Restricted  Stock held by such  requesting  holder or holders
for sale in the manner specified in such notice, provided,  however, that except
as  provided  in  subparagraphs  (b) and (c) below,  the  Company  shall only be
obligated to file one demand  registration  statement for which all Registration
Expenses  incurred in connection  with such  registration  shall be borne by the
Company.

                  (b) Promptly  following receipt of any notice under this
Section 4, the Company shall  immediately  notify any holders of Restricted
Stock from whom notice has not been received and shall use its best efforts to
register under the Act, for public sale in  accordance  with the method of
disposition  specified  in such notice  from  requesting  holders,  the  number
of shares of  Restricted  Stock specified in such notice (and in any notices
received from other holders within 20 days after their receipt of such notice
from the Company). If such method of disposition shall be an underwritten public
offering, the Company may designate the  managing  underwriter  of such
offering,  subject to the  approval of the selling holders of Restricted  Stock
who hold a majority of such shares,  which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld. The Company shall be obligated to register  Restricted  Stock
pursuant to this Section 4 on one  occasion  only, except that with respect to
any particular  exercise of the registration rights granted  by this  Section
4, the  obligation  of the  Company  shall be deemed satisfied only when a
registration  statement covering all shares of Restricted Stock  specified  in
notices  received as  aforesaid,  including  any shares of Restricted

                                       2


                                      158

<PAGE>


Stock which may be excluded from registration under subparagraph (c) below,  for
sale in accordance with the method of disposition  specified by the requesting
holders,  shall  have  become  effective  and,  if such  method  of disposition
is a firm commitment  underwritten public offering, all such shares shall have
been sold pursuant thereto.

                  (c)  The  Company   shall  be  entitled  to  include  in   any
registration  statement  under this  Section 4 for sale in  accordance  with the
method of  disposition  specified by the  requesting  holders,  shares of Common
Stock to be sold by the Company  for its own account and shares of Common  Stock
to be sold by other  holders  thereof  for  their  respective  accounts.  If the
registration  under this Section 4 is an underwritten  offering and the managing
underwriters  advise the Company in writing that in their  opinion the number of
shares of Common  Stock,  including  the  Restricted  Stock  and,  if  permitted
hereunder,  other securities,  exceeds the number of shares which can be sold in
an  orderly  manner in such  offering  within a price  range  acceptable  to the
holders of a majority of the shares of Restricted  Stock subject to such request
for  registration,  the Company  will  include in such  registration  only those
securities  which  are  not  Restricted  Stock  which  in the  opinion  of  such
underwriters can be sold without  adversely  affecting the  marketability of the
Restricted Stock in the offering,  pro rata among the respective holders of such
securities which are not Restricted Stock. Except as provided in this  paragraph
(c), the Company  will not effect any other  registration  of its Common  Stock,
whether for its own account or that of other  holders,  from the date of receipt
of a notice  from  requesting  holders  pursuant  to this  Section  4 until  the
completion  of the  period  of  distribution  of the  registration  contemplated
thereby.

          Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Company shall not be obligated to
effect any such  registration  if, within  fourteen (14) days after receipt of a
request for such registration,  the Company shall furnish the holders requesting
such   registration   with  a  written  opinion  of  legal  counsel   reasonably
satisfactory  to each of them and reasonably  satisfactory in form and substance
to counsel for each of the holders requesting such registration, that all of the
shares of Common Stock  requested by such  holders to be  registered  under this
Section 4 may be sold within three months after such request in a transaction in
compliance with Rule 144 promulgated  under the Act (or any successor  exemptive
rule  hereinafter in effect).  In rendering such opinion,  such counsel shall be
entitled to rely on published  figures for the average  weekly volume of trading
in shares of the Common Stock during the three months immediately  preceding the
date of such  opinion as reported  (i) on any  national  securities  exchange on
which such shares are listed or (ii) through the automated quotation system of a
registered securities association, as the case may be.

          5.  Incidental  Registration.  If, at any time  during a three  (3)
year  period commencing  from the date  hereof,  the Company  proposes to
register any of its Common  Stock  under the Act for sale to the  public
(except  with  respect  to registration  statements on Forms S-4, S-8, any forms
replacing such forms,  or any other form not available for  registering  the
Restricted  Stock for sale to the  public),  each  such time it will give at
least  thirty  (30) days  written notice  prior to the  filing of any
registration  statement  to all  holders of outstanding Restricted Stock of its
intention so to do. Upon the written request of any such holder,  given within
15 days after  receipt of any such notice,  to register any of that holder's
Restricted  Stock (which  request shall state the


                                       3


                                      159
<PAGE>

intended method of disposition thereof),  the Company will use its best efforts,
at no cost or  expense  to such  holder,  other  than  payment  of  underwriting
discounts or  commissions,  to cause the shares of Restricted  Stock as to which
registration shall have been so requested to be included in the securities to be
covered by the registration  statement proposed to be filed by the Company,  all
to the extent  requisite to permit the sale or other  disposition  by the holder
(in accordance with its written request) of such Restricted Stock so registered.
No  request  shall  be  made  under  this  Section  5  in  connection  with  any
registration of Common Stock in connection with a merger,  business  combination
or  asset  or  business  acquisition  transaction  unless  such  transaction  is
accompanied  by an offering  through which the Company is seeking to obtain cash
proceeds  through the sale of Common Stock or other  securities  convertible  or
exercisable  for Common Stock.  In the event that any  registration  pursuant to
this Section 5 shall be, in whole or in part, an underwritten public offering of
Common  Stock,  any request by a holder  pursuant to this  Section 5 to register
shares of Restricted  Stock shall specify that either (i) such Restricted  Stock
is to be included in an  underwriting  on the same terms and  conditions  as the
shares of Common  Stock  otherwise  being sold through  underwriters  under such
registration,  or (ii) such  Restricted  Stock is to be sold in the open  market
without any underwriting,  on terms and conditions  comparable to those normally
applicable to offerings of common stock in reasonably similar circumstances. If,
in  connection  with  any  registration  under  this  Section  5,  the  managing
underwriters  advise the Company in writing that in their  opinion the number of
securities  requested  to be  included in such  registration  exceeds the number
which can be sold in an orderly  manner in such  offering  within a price  range
acceptable  to the Company,  the Company will include in such  registration  (i)
first, the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second,  the Restricted
Stock requested to be included in such registration,  pro rata among the holders
of such  Restricted  Stock on the basis of the number of shares  requested to be
registered by each such holder, and (iii) third,  other securities  requested to
be  included in such  registration.  Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary
contained  in this  Section  5, in the  event  that  there is a firm  commitment
underwritten  offering of securities of the Company  pursuant to a  registration
covering  Restricted  Stock and a selling  holder of shares of Restricted  Stock
does  not  sell  that  holder's  Restricted  Stock  to the  underwriters  of the
Company's securities in connection with such offering, such holder shall refrain
from selling any  Restricted  Stock whether or not  registered  pursuant to this
Section 5 during the period of distribution of the Company's  securities by such
underwriters and the period in which the underwriting  syndicate participates in
the after market;  provided,  however,  that such holder shall, in any event, be
entitled to sell its Restricted  Stock in connection  with such  registration or
otherwise  commencing  on the 180th  day  after  the  effective  date  of  such
registration statement.

          6.  Grant  of  Subsequent  Registration  Rights.  The  Company  hereby
covenants  and  agrees  not to grant  registration  rights,  of equal or greater
priority than the rights granted herein,  to any other party without the express
written  consent of the  holders of a majority  in  interest  of the  Restricted
Stock.

          7. Registration Procedures and Expenses.

                (a) If and whenever the Company is required by the  provisions
of Sections 4 or 5 hereof to effect or to use its best efforts to effect the
registration of any of the


                                       4


                                      160

<PAGE>

Restricted  Stock under the Act, the Company will, as expeditiously  as
possible:

                  (i)  prepare  and file  with the  Commission  a  registration
statement  (which,  in the case of an underwritten  public offering pursuant to
Section 4 hereof, shall be on Form S-1 or another form of general applicability
satisfactory  to the managing  underwriter  selected as therein  provided) with
respect to such securities and use its best efforts to cause such  registration
statement  to become and remain  effective  for the period of the  distribution
contemplated thereby (determined as hereinafter provided);

                  (ii) prepare and file with the Commission  such amendments and
supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection
therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration  statement effective for
the  period of the  distribution  contemplated  thereby  and to comply  with the
provisions of the Act with respect to the  disposition of all  Restricted  Stock
covered by such registration  statement in accordance with the sellers' intended
method of disposition set forth in such registration statement for such period;

                  (iii)  furnish  to each  seller and to each  underwriter  such
number of copies  of the  registration  statement  and the  prospectus  included
therein  (including each preliminary  prospectus) as such persons may reasonably
request in order to  facilitate  the  public  sale or other  disposition  of the
Restricted Stock covered by such registration statement;

                  (iv)  use  its  best   efforts  to  register  or  qualify  the
Restricted Stock covered by such registration  statement under the securities or
blue sky laws of such  jurisdictions  as the sellers of Restricted  Stock or, in
the case of an underwritten  public  offering,  the managing  underwriter  shall
reasonably request,  provided that the Company shall not be obligated to qualify
to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then qualified or to take any
action  that would  subject  it to service of process in suits  other than those
arising  out of the  offer or sale of  securities  covered  by the  registration
statement in a jurisdiction in which it is not then so subject;

                  (v)  immediately  notify each seller  under such  registration
statement and each underwriter,  at any time when a prospectus  relating thereto
is required to be  delivered  under the Act, of the  happening of any event as a
result of which the prospectus contained in such registration statement, as then
in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any
material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing; and

                  (vi) use its best efforts (if the offering is underwritten)
to furnish,  at the request of any seller,  on the date that  Restricted  Stock
is  delivered to the underwriters for sale pursuant to such  registration or, if
the Restricted Stock is not being sold through underwriters,  or the date the
registration  statement becomes  effective;  (A) an opinion dated such date of
counsel  representing the Company for the purposes of such registration,
addressed to the underwriters and to such seller,  stating that such
registration  statement has become effective under the Act and that (1) to the
best knowledge of such counsel,  no stop order suspending the effectiveness
thereof has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted
or are pending

                                       5


                                      161


<PAGE>

or  contemplated  under the Act, (2) the  registration  statement,  the related
prospectus,  and each  amendment  or supplement  thereof,  comply  as to  form
in all  material  respects  with  the requirements  of the  Act  and  the
applicable  rules  and  regulations  of the Commission  thereunder  (except
that such counsel need express no opinion as to financial  statements  contained
therein) and (3) to such other  effects as may reasonably be requested by
counsel for the underwriters,  and (B) a letter dated such date from the
independent  public  accountants  retained  by the  Company, addressed  to the
underwriters  and to  such  seller,  stating  that  they  are independent
public  accountants  within the meaning of the Act and that, in the opinion of
such accountants, the financial statements of the Company included in the
registration  statement or the  prospectus,  or any amendment or supplement
thereof,  comply  as to  form  in all  material  respects  with  the  applicable
accounting  requirements  of the Act, and such letter shall  additionally  cover
such other  financial  matters  with respect to the  registration  in respect of
which such letter is being given as such underwriters may reasonably request.

          For  purposes  of  paragraphs  (i)  and  (ii)  above,  the  period  of
distribution  of  Restricted  Stock  in a firm  commitment  underwritten  public
offering  shall be deemed to extend until each  underwriter  has  completed  the
distribution  of all  securities  purchased by it and shall not be less than 120
days after the effective date of the  registration of such  securities,  and the
period of distribution of Restricted  Stock in any other  registration  shall be
deemed to extend until the earlier of the sale of all  Restricted  Stock covered
thereby or 360 days after the effective date thereof.

          In connection with each registration hereunder,  the selling holder or
holders of Restricted Stock will promptly furnish to the Company in writing such
information with respect to themselves and the proposed  distribution by them as
shall be  reasonably  necessary in order to assure  compliance  with federal and
applicable   state   securities  laws  or  to  facilitate   preparation  of  the
registration statement.

                (b)  Each  holder  of  Restricted  Stock  agrees  that  if it
disposes of its shares in connection with the  registration of Restricted  Stock
pursuant  to this  Agreement,  it will do so in  accordance  with the  terms and
conditions of such  registration  statement and will comply with all  applicable
provisions of the Act and the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"1934 Act").

          No holder shall have any right to take any action to restrain, enjoin,
or otherwise delay any  registration as a result of any controversy with respect
to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 7.

                (c) In connection with each registration  pursuant to Section 4
and 5 hereof covering an underwritten  public offering,  the Company agrees to
enter  into and  perform  its  obligations  under a written  agreement  with the
managing  underwriter  selected in the manner  herein  provided in such form and
containing such provisions as are customary in the securities  business for such
an arrangement  between major  underwriters  and companies of the Company's size
and  investment  stature,  provided  that such  agreement  shall not contain any
provision  applicable to the Company which is  inconsistent  with the provisions
hereof.

                                       6


                                      162

<PAGE>

                (d) At such time as the Company  registers shares of Common
Stock under the Act, it shall also  undertake  such  action  which is  required
to become a reporting company under Section 15(d) of the 1934 Act (if it is not
otherwise required to become a reporting  company under  Section 12 of such act)
and shall  thereafter timely file such periodic and other reports required
thereunder.

          8.  Expenses.  All expenses  incurred by the Company in complying with
Section 4 and 5 hereof,  including,  without  limitation,  all registration and
filing fees,  costs of  registering  or qualifying  Restricted  Stock under the
applicable blue sky laws under Section 7 (a)(vi)  printing  expenses,  fees and
disbursements of counsel for the Company and independent public accountants for
the Company,  fees of the National  Association  of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.,
transfer taxes, fees of transfer agents and registrars,  costs of insurance and
reasonable  fees and expenses of counsel for the sellers of  Restricted  Stock,
but excluding any Selling Expenses, are herein called "Registration  Expenses".
All underwriting  discounts and selling  commissions  applicable to the sale of
Restricted Stock are herein called "Selling Expenses".

          9. Effectiveness. The Company will use its best efforts to maintain
the effectiveness for up to 270 days of any registration statement pursuant to
which any of the shares of Restricted Stock are being offered, and from time to
time will amend or supplement such registration statement and the prospectus
contained therein as and to the extent necessary to comply with the Act and any
applicable state securities statute or regulation.

          10.  Indemnification.  In the event of a registration  of any of the
Restricted Stock  under  the Act  pursuant  to  Section 4 or 5 hereof,  the
Company  will indemnify and hold harmless each seller of such  Restricted  Stock
thereunder, the officers and  directors of each seller and each  underwriter  of
Restricted Stock  thereunder  and each other  person,  if any, who controls such
seller or underwriter within the meaning of the Act, against any losses,
claims, damages or  liabilities,  joint or several,  to which they may become
subject under the 1934 Act or otherwise,  insofar as such losses,  claims,
damages or liabilities (or actions in respect  thereof)  arise out of or are
based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged  untrue  statement of any
material  fact  contained in any registration  statement under which such
Restricted  Stock was registered under the Act  pursuant  to  Section  4 or 5,
any  preliminary  prospectus  or final prospectus contained therein, or any
amendment or supplement thereof;  (ii) the omission or alleged  omission to
state  therein a material  fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to
make the  statements  therein not misleading or (iii) any  violation  or alleged
violation by the Company of the Act, the 1934 Act, any federal or state
securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act,  the 1934
Act or any other  federal or state  securities  law in connection with the
offering covered by such  registration  statement,  and the Company will
reimburse each such seller, and officer,  directors, and each such underwriter
and each such controlling person for any legal or other expenses as they are
reasonably  incurred  by them in  connection  with  investigating  or defending
any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the
Company  will not be liable in any such case if and to the extent that any such
loss,  claim,  damage,  liability or action  arises out of or is based upon  an
untrue  statement  or  omission  so  made in  reliance  upon  written
information  furnished by such seller,  officer,  director such  underwriter or
such controlling person.

                                       7



                                      163

<PAGE>



         In the event of a registration of any of the Restricted Stock under the
Act  pursuant  to Section 4 or 5 hereof,  each seller of such  Restricted  Stock
thereunder,  severally  and not jointly,  will  indemnify  and hold harmless the
Company and each person,  if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of
the Act, each officer of the company who signs the registration statement,  each
director  of the  Company,  each  underwriter  (including  any  broker or dealer
through  whom  Restricted  Stock may be sold) and each person who  controls  any
underwriter within the meaning of the Act, against all losses,  claims,  damages
or  liabilities,  joint or several,  to which they may become  subject under the
Act,  the 1934 Act or  otherwise,  insofar  as such  losses, claims,  damages or
liabilities  (or actions in respect  thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i)
any untrue  statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained
in the  registration  statement under which such Restricted Stock was registered
under the Act  pursuant to Section 4 or 5 any  preliminary  prospectus  or final
prospectus  contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereof,  (ii) the
omission or alleged  omission to state  therein a material  fact  required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein not  misleading,  or
(iii) any  violation  by the  Company of the Act,  the 1934 Act,  any federal or
state securities law or any rule or regulation  promulgated  under the Act, 1934
Act or any  federal or state  securities  law in  connection  with the  offering
covered by such registration statement,  and will reimburse the Company and each
such officer,  director,  underwriter  and  controlling  person for any legal or
other expenses  reasonably  incurred by them in connection with investigating or
defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided,  however,
that such  seller will be liable  hereunder  in any such case if and only to the
extent that any such loss, claim,  damage or liability arises out of or is based
upon an untrue  statement or omission or made in reliance upon and in conformity
with  written  information  furnished  by such  seller  under an  instrument  or
document duly executed by such seller and stated to be  specifically  for use in
connection with such  registration  and provided  further that in no event shall
any amount  payable in indemnity  by a seller under this section  exceed the net
proceeds  received  by such seller in the  offering  out of which any such loss,
claim, damage liability or action occurs.

         Promptly  after  receipt by an  indemnified  party  hereunder  of
notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a
claim in respect thereof is to be made  against the  indemnifying  party
hereunder,  notify the indemnifying  party in  writing  thereof,  but the
omission  so to notify  the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any
liability which it may have to any indemnified party other than under this
Section 10. In case any such action shall  be  brought  against  any
indemnified  party  and it shall  notify  the indemnifying party of the
commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to  participate
in and,  to the extent it shall  wish,  to assume and undertake the defense
thereof with counsel  satisfactory  to such  indemnified party, and, after
notice from the indemnifying  party to such indemnified party of  its  election
so  to  assume  and  undertake  the  defense  thereof,   the indemnifying  party
shall not be liable to such  indemnified  party under this Section 10 for any
legal  expenses  subsequently  incurred by such  indemnified party in connection
with the defense  thereof other than  reasonable  costs of investigation and of
liaison with counsel so selected;  provided, however, that if the defendants in
any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying  party
and the indemnified


                                       8


                                      164

<PAGE>

party shall have reasonably  concluded that there may be reasonable  defenses
available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the
indemnifying  party or if the interests of the indemnified  party  reasonably
may be  deemed  to  conflict  with  the interests of the indemnifying party, the
indemnified party shall have the right to select a separate counsel and to
assume such legal defenses and otherwise to participate  in the defense of such
action,  with the expenses and fees of such separate  counsel  and  other
expenses  related  to such  participation  to be reimbursed by the indemnifying
party as incurred.

         11. Damages.

                (a) The  Company  recognizes  and  agrees  that  you  will not
have an adequate  remedy if the  Company  fails to comply  with the  provisions
of this Registration Rights Agreement  regarding  registration and that damages
will not be readily ascertainable, and the Company expressly agrees that, in the
event of such failure,  the Company shall not oppose an  application by you, or
any other person  entitled  to  the  benefits  of  these  provisions   requiring
specific performance of any provisions hereof or enjoining the Company from
continuing to commit any such breach of such provisions.

                (b) You recognize and agree that the Company will not have an
adequate remedy if you fail to comply with the  provisions  of this
Registration  Rights Agreement   regarding   registration  and  that  damages
will  not  be  readily ascertainable,  and you expressly agree that, in the
event of such failure,  you shall not oppose an application by the Company,  or
any other person entitled to the  benefits  of  these  provisions   requiring
specific  performance  of  any provisions  hereof or enjoining you from
continuing to commit any such breach of such provisions.

         12. Changes in Common Stock.  If, and as often as, there are any
changes in the Common  Stock  by  way  of  stock  split,   stock   dividend,
combination   or reclassification,   or  through   merger,   consolidation,
reorganization   or recapitalization, or by any other means, appropriate
adjustment shall be made in the  provisions  hereof,  as may be required,  so
that the rights and privileges granted hereby shall continue with respect to the
Common Stock as so changed.

         13. Representations  and Warranties of the Company.  The Company
represents and warrants  to  you  that  the  execution,   delivery  and
performance  of  this Registration  Rights  Agreement by the Company have been
duly  authorized by all requisite  corporate action and will not violate any
provision of law, any order of any court or other agency of government,  the
Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company,  or any provision of any
indenture,  agreement or other instrument to which it or any of its properties
or assets is bound,  or conflict with,  result in a breach of or constitute
(with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default  under any such  indenture,
agreement or other  instrument,  or result in the creation or imposition of any
lien,  charge or  encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the
properties or assets of the Company.

         14. Miscellaneous.


                                       9


                                      165


<PAGE>



                (a) All covenants and agreements contained in this Registration
Rights Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and
inure to the benefit of the  respective  successors  and  assigns of you and the
Company  whether so expressed or not. Without  limiting the generality of the
foregoing,  the rights and  obligations  conferred  herein  on you by  virtue
of your  holding  of the Restricted  Stock shall inure to the benefit of any and
all  subsequent  holders from time to time of shares of the Restricted Stock
holding not less than twenty percent (20%) of the shares of Restricted Stock
initially issued to you.


                (b) All notices, requests, consents and other communications
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by first class registered
mail,  postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

          If to the Company, then: Information Analysis Incorporated, at its
principal office at 11240 Waples Mill Road, Suite 400, Fairfax, VA 22030,
Attention: Richard S. DeRose, with a copy to: Mark J. Wishner, Esq., Michaels,
Wishner & Bonner, P.C., 1140 Connecticut Avenue, Suite 900, Washington, D.C.
20036.

          If to the  Investors,  then at the address shown on the records of the
Company.

          If to any  subsequent  holder of Restricted  Stock,  then to such
address as may have been furnished to the Company in writing by such holder;

Or, in any case, at such other address or addresses as shall have been furnished
in writing to the  Company (in the case of a holder of  Restricted  Stock) or to
the holders of Restricted Stock in the case of the Company.

                (c) This  Registration  Rights  Agreement  shall be governed  by
and  construed, interpreted,  and enforced in accordance  with the laws of the
Commonwealth  of Virginia.

                (d) This  Registration Rights  Agreement  constitutes the entire
agreement of the parties with respect to the subject  matter  hereof and may not
be modified or amended  except in writing  signed by the Company and the holders
of the modification of the shares of the Restricted Stock.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  any  modification  or  amendment  to  this  Section  14(d)  and  any
modification  or  amendment  to other  provisions  in this  Registration  Rights
Agreement  which  increases  the  obligations  of any  holder or  holders of the
Restricted  Stock  hereunder  or which does not apply  equally to all parties to
this  Agreement  shall require the consent of the Company and all of the holders
of the Restricted Stock.

                (e) This  Registration  Rights Agreement  may be executed in two
counterparts,  each of  which  shall be  deemed  an  original,  but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


                                       10


                                      166

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  Agreement has been executed as of the date
and year first written above.

                  INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED

                  By: /s/ Richard S. DeRose
                     -----------------------------------

                  Title: Executive Vice President
                        --------------------------------


                                       11


                                      167





                                  EXHIBIT 21.1





                                      168


<PAGE>


                                SUBSIDIARIES OF
                       INFORMATION ANALYSIS INCORPORATED

                                                            Name under which
          Name                  State of Incorporation  Subsidiary Does Business

Allied Health & Information               VA                       N/A
Systems, Inc.

DHD Systems, Inc.                         VA                       N/A

International Software Services           VA                       N/A
Corporation




                                      169


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1996
<CASH>                                             323,886
<SECURITIES>                                             0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    1,355,284
<ALLOWANCES>                                             0
<INVENTORY>                                              0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                 2,310,949
<PP&E>                                           1,598,280
<DEPRECIATION>                                   1,205,486
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                   3,121,220
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                              874,973
<BONDS>                                                  0
                                    0
                                              0
<COMMON>                                             6,772
<OTHER-SE>                                       2,080,741
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                     3,121,220
<SALES>                                         11,218,845
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                11,231,561
<CGS>                                            8,935,622
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   11,432,213
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                         0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                         0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                  35,644
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                   (236,296)
<INCOME-TAX>                                       (76,622)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                               (159,674)
<DISCONTINUED>                                           0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                          0
<CHANGES>                                                0
<NET-INCOME>                                      (159,674)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        (0.26)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        (0.26)
        





</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission